US20150087531A1 - Method of nucleic acid amplification - Google Patents

Method of nucleic acid amplification Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20150087531A1
US20150087531A1 US14/555,036 US201414555036A US2015087531A1 US 20150087531 A1 US20150087531 A1 US 20150087531A1 US 201414555036 A US201414555036 A US 201414555036A US 2015087531 A1 US2015087531 A1 US 2015087531A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
dna
colonies
sequence
sequencing
samples
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/555,036
Inventor
Eric H. Kawashima
Laurent Farinelli
Pascal Mayer
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Illumina Cambridge Ltd
Illumina Inc
Original Assignee
Illumina Cambridge Ltd
Illumina Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=27451621&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20150087531(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from GBGB9706528.8A external-priority patent/GB9706528D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB9706529.6A external-priority patent/GB9706529D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB9713238.5A external-priority patent/GB9713238D0/en
Priority claimed from GBGB9713236.9A external-priority patent/GB9713236D0/en
Application filed by Illumina Cambridge Ltd, Illumina Inc filed Critical Illumina Cambridge Ltd
Priority to US14/555,036 priority Critical patent/US20150087531A1/en
Publication of US20150087531A1 publication Critical patent/US20150087531A1/en
Assigned to MANTEIA SA reassignment MANTEIA SA ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SMITHKLINE BEECHAM CORPORATION
Assigned to Lynx Therapeutics INC., SOLEXA LTD. reassignment Lynx Therapeutics INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MANTEIA SA
Assigned to ILLUMINA, INC. reassignment ILLUMINA, INC. MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SOLEXA, INC.
Assigned to ILLUMINA CAMBRIDGE LIMITED reassignment ILLUMINA CAMBRIDGE LIMITED CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SOLEXA LIMITED
Assigned to GLAXO GROUP LIMITED reassignment GLAXO GROUP LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FARINELLI, LAURENT, KAWASHIMA, ERIC H., MAYER, PASCAL
Assigned to SOLEXA, INC. reassignment SOLEXA, INC. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: Lynx Therapeutics INC.
Assigned to SMITHKLINE BEECHAM CORPORATION reassignment SMITHKLINE BEECHAM CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GLAXO GROUP LIMITED
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
    • C12N15/1065—Preparation or screening of tagged libraries, e.g. tagged microorganisms by STM-mutagenesis, tagged polynucleotides, gene tags
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834—Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6834—Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase
    • C12Q1/6837—Enzymatic or biochemical coupling of nucleic acids to a solid phase using probe arrays or probe chips
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/6853—Nucleic acid amplification reactions using modified primers or templates
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6844—Nucleic acid amplification reactions
    • C12Q1/686—Polymerase chain reaction [PCR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869—Methods for sequencing
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869—Methods for sequencing
    • C12Q1/6874—Methods for sequencing involving nucleic acid arrays, e.g. sequencing by hybridisation

Definitions

  • This invention relates, inter alia, to the amplification of nucleic acids.
  • nucleic acids of interest e.g., genomic or mitochondrial DNA or messenger RNA (mRNA)
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • DNA ligases Several methods can be used to amplify DNA with biological means and are well known by those skilled in the art. Generally, the fragments of DNA are first inserted into vectors with the use of restriction enzymes and DNA ligases. A vector containing a fragment of interest can then be introduced into a biological host and amplified by means of well established protocols. Usually hosts are randomly spread over a growth medium (e.g. agar plates). They can then replicate to provide colonies that originated from individual host cells.
  • a growth medium e.g. agar plates
  • Another option is to transfer by sterile technique individually each colony into a container (e.g., 96 well plates) where further host cell replication can occur so that more DNA can be obtained from the colonies. Amplified nucleic acids can be recovered from the host cells with an appropriate purification process.
  • a container e.g., 96 well plates
  • Amplified nucleic acids can be recovered from the host cells with an appropriate purification process.
  • Such a procedure is generally time and labour consuming, and difficult to automate.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Amplification occurs during the PCR cycling, which includes a step during which double stranded DNA molecules are denatured (typically a reaction mix is heated, e.g. to 95° C. in order to separate double stranded DNA molecules into two single stranded fragments), an annealing step (where the reaction mix is brought to e.g., 45° C. in order to allow the primers to anneal to the single stranded templates) and an elongation step (DNA complementary to the single stranded fragment is synthesised via sequential nucleotide incorporation at the ends of the primers with the DNA polymerase enzyme).
  • a reaction mix is heated, e.g. to 95° C. in order to separate double stranded DNA molecules into two single stranded fragments
  • an annealing step where the reaction mix is brought to e.g., 45° C. in order to allow the primers to anneal to the single stranded templates
  • an elongation step DNA complementary to the
  • graft is used herein to indicate that a moiety becomes attached to a surface and remains there unless and until it is desired to remove it.
  • the amplification is generally performed in containers (e.g., in 96 well format plates) in such a way that each container contains the PCR product(s) of one reaction. With such methods, some of the peR product become grafted to a surface of the container having primers therein which has been in contact with the reactant during the PCR cycling. The grafting to the surface simplifies subsequent assays and allows efficient automation.
  • Arraying of DNA samples is more classically performed on membranes (e.g., nylon or nitro-cellulose membranes).
  • membranes e.g., nylon or nitro-cellulose membranes.
  • suitable robotics e.g., Q-botTM, Genetix ltd, Dorset BH23 3TG UK
  • the DNA is covalently linked to a membrane by physicochemical means (e.g., UV irradiation).
  • physicochemical means e.g., UV irradiation
  • New approaches based on pre-arrayed glass slides arrays of reactive areas obtained by ink-jet technology (Blanchard, A. P. and L. Hood, Oligonucleotide array synthesis using ink jets, Microbial and Comparative Genomics, 1:225 (199)) or arrays of reactive polyacrylamide gels (Yershov, G. et al., DNA analysis and diagnostics on oligonucleotide microchips, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, USA, 93:4913-4918 (1996)) allow the arraying of up to 100 samples/mm 2 . With these technologies, only probe (oligonucleotide) grafting has been reported. Reported number of samples/mm 2 are still fairly low (25 to 64).
  • the present invention aims to overcome or at least alleviate some of the disadvantages of prior art methods of nucleic acid amplification.
  • nucleic acid amplification comprising the steps of:
  • the method also comprises the step of:
  • step F using at least one extended immobilised nucleic acid strand to repeat steps D) and E), so as to provide additional extended immobilised nucleic acid strands and, optionally, G. repeating step F) one or more times.
  • the single-stranded target nucleic acid sequence is provided by a method in which said single-stranded target nucleic acid is produced by providing a given nucleic acid sequence to be amplified (which sequence may be known or unknown) and adding thereto a first nucleic acid sequence and a second nucleic acid sequence; wherein said first nucleic acid sequence hybridises to one of said plurality of primers and said second nucleic acid sequence is complementary to a sequence which hybridises to one of said plurality of primers.
  • the second nucleic acid sequence may be a sequence that is the same as the sequence of one of the plurality of primers.
  • the single-stranded target nucleic acid sequence may be provided by a method in which said single-stranded target nucleic acid is produced by providing a given nucleic acid sequence to be amplified (which sequence may be known or unknown) and adding thereto a first nucleic acid sequence and a second nucleic acid sequence; wherein said first nucleic acid sequence hybridises to one of said plurality of primers and said second nucleic acid sequence is the same as the sequence of one of said plurality of primers.
  • the first and second nucleic acid sequences may be provided at first and second ends of said single-stranded target nucleic acid, although this is not essential.
  • a tag may be provided to enable amplification products of a given nucleic acid sequence to be identified.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using a single type of primer.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates how colony growth using a method of the present invention can occur.
  • FIGS. 3A AND 3B illustrate the principle of the method used to produce DNA colonies using the present invention.
  • FIG. 3A illustrates the annealing, elongation and denaturing steps that are used to provide such colonies.
  • FIG. 3B illustrates a priming step
  • FIG. 5 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafter onto a surface.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using two types of primer.
  • FIG. 7 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a method of the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules when a target molecule is used as a template having internal sequences that anneal with primers.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a method to synthesise additional copies of the original nucleic acid strands using nucleic acid strands present in colonies.
  • the newly synthesised strands are shown in solution but can be provided in immobilised form if desired.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show the PCR amplification of DNA from DNA found in the pre-formed DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 12A , 12 B and 12 C illustrate how secondary primers can be generated from DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate how secondary DNA colonies can be generated from secondary primers.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B illustrate how primers with different sequences can be generated from a surface functionalised with existing primers.
  • FIG. 15 depicts methods of preparing DNA fragments suitable for generating DNA colonies.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a method for synthesising cRNA using the DNA colony as a substrate for RNA polymerase.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a preferable method to determine the DNA sequence of DNA present in individual colonies.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a method of determining the sequence of a DNA colony, de novo.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the utility of secondary DNA colonies in the assay of mRNA expression levels.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
  • the method of the present invention allows one or more distinct areas to be provided, each distinct area comprising a plurality of immobilised nucleic acid strands (hereafter called “colonies”). These areas can contain large numbers of amplified nucleic acid molecules. These molecules may be DNA and/or RNA molecules and may be provided in single or double stranded form. Both a given strand and its complementary strand can be provided in amplified form in a single colony.
  • Colonies of any particular size can be provided.
  • preferred colonies measure from 10 nm to 100 ⁇ m across their longest dimension, more preferably from 100 nm to 10 ⁇ m across their longest dimension. Desirably a majority of the colonies present on a surface (i.e. at least 50% thereof) have sizes within the ranges given above.
  • Colonies can be arranged in a predetermined manner or can be randomly arranged. Two or three dimensional colony configurations are possible. The configurations may be regular (e.g. having a polygonal outline or having a generally circular outline) or they may be irregular.
  • Colonies can be provided at high densities. Densities of over one colony/mm 2 of surface can be achieved. Indeed densities of over 10 2 , over 10 3 or even over 10 4 colonies/mm 2 are achievable using the present invention.
  • the present invention provides colony densities of 10 4-5 colonies/mm 2 , more preferably densities of 10 6-7 colonies/mm 2 , thus offering an improvement of 3 to 4 orders of magnitude relative to densities achievable using many of the prior art methods. It is this property of the invention that allows a great advantage over prior art, since the high density of DNA colonies allows a large number of diverse DNA templates (up to 10 6-7 colonies/mm 2 , to be randomly arrayed and amplified.
  • the immobilised primers for use in the present invention can be provided by any suitable means, as long as a free 3′-OH end is available for primer extension. Where many different nucleic acid molecules are to be amplified, many different primers may be provided. Alternatively “universal” primers may be used, whereby only one or two different types of primer (depending upon the embodiment of the invention) can be used to amplify the different nucleic acid molecules. Universal primers can be used where the molecules to be amplified comprise first and second sequences, as described previously. The provision of universal primers is advantageous over methods such as those disclosed in WO96/04404 (Mosaic Technologies, Inc.) where specific primers must be prepared for each particular sequence to be amplified.
  • Synthetic oligodeoxynucleotide primers are available commercially from many suppliers (e.g. Microsynth, Switzerland, Eurogentech, Belgium).
  • Non-covalent grafting of primers at the interface between an aqueous phase and a hydrophobic phase through an hydrophobic anchor is also possible for the present invention.
  • Such anchoring is commonly used for bio-macromolecules in general (S. Terrettaz et al.: Protein binding to supported lipid membranes, Langmuir 9, 1361 (1993)).
  • Preferred forms of such interfaces would be liposomes, lipidic vesicles, emulsions, patterned bilayers, Langmuir or Langmuir-Blodgett films.
  • the patterns may be obtained by directed pattering on templates, e.g., silicon chips patterned through micro-lithographic methods (Goves, J. T.
  • the patterns may also be obtained by due to the self-assembly properties of “colloids”, e.g., emulsions or latex particles (Larsen, A. E. and D. G. Grier, Like charge attractions in metastable colloidal crystallites, Nature 385, 230 (1997)).
  • “colloids” e.g., emulsions or latex particles
  • one, two or more different primers can be grafted onto a surface.
  • the primers can be grafted homogeneously and simultaneously over the surface.
  • microlithographic methods it is possible to provide immobilised primers in a controlled manner. If direct synthesis of oligonucleotides onto a solid support with a free 3′-OH end is desired, then micro-lithographic methods can be used to simultaneously synthesise many different oligonucleotide primers (Pirrung, M. C. and Bradley, J. C. Comparison of methods for photochemical phosphoramidite-based DNA-synthesis. Journal Of Organic Chemistry 60(20):6270-6276, 1995). These may be provided in distinct areas that may correspond in configuration to colonies to be formed, (e.g. they may be several nanometers or micrometers across). Within each area, only a single type of primer oligonucleotide need be provided. Alternatively a mixture comprising a plurality of different primers may be provided. In either case, primers can be homogeneously distributed within each area. They may be provided in the form of a regular array.
  • areas initially comprise only one type of immobilised primer they may be modified, if desired, to carry two or more different types of primer.
  • One way to achieve this is to use molecules as templates for primer extension that have 3′ ends that hybridise with a single type of primer initially present and that have 5′ ends extending beyond the 3′ ends of said primers.
  • primer extension of one type of primer using the mixture of such templates followed by strand separation will result in different modified primers.
  • the modified primers are referred to herein as “extended” primers in order to distinguish from the “primary” primers initially present on a surface).
  • One, two or more different types of extended primer can be provided in this manner at any area where primary primers are initially located. Substantially equal portions of different templates can be used, if desired, in order to provide substantially equal proportions of different types of immobilised extended primer over a given area. If different proportions of different immobilised extended primers are desired, then this can be achieved by adjusting the proportions of different template molecules initially used accordingly.
  • a restriction endonuclease cleavage site may be located within the primer.
  • a primer may also be provided with a restriction endonuclease recognition site which directs DNA cleavage several bases distant (Type II restriction endonucleases). (For the avoidance of doubt, such sites are deemed to be present even if the primer and its complement are required to be present in a double stranded molecule for recognition and/or cleavage to occur.)
  • a cleavage site and/or a recognition site may be produced when a primer is extended.
  • restriction endonucleases can be useful in allowing an immobilised nucleic acid molecule within a colony to be cleaved so as to release at least a part thereof.
  • ribozymes can be used to release at least parts of nucleic acid molecules from a surface (when such molecules are RNA molecules).
  • Other methods are possible. For example if a covalent bond is used to link a primer to a surface this bond may be broken (e.g. by chemical, physical or enzymatic means).
  • Primers for use in the present invention are preferably at least five bases long. Normally they will be less than 100 or less than 50 bases long. However this is not essential. Naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring bases may be present in the primers.
  • target nucleic acid molecules also referred to herein as “templates” for use in the method of the present invention
  • a target molecule (when in single-stranded form) comprises a first part having a sequence that can anneal with a first primer and a second part having a sequence complementary to a sequence that can anneal with a second primer.
  • the second part has the same sequence as the second primer.
  • the second primer may have a sequence that is the same as, or different from, the sequence of the first primer.
  • the first and second parts of the target nucleic acid molecules are preferably located at the 3′ and at the 5′ ends respectively thereof. However this is not essential.
  • the target molecule will usually also comprise a third part located between the first and second parts. This part of the molecule comprises a particular sequence to be replicated. It can be from any desired source and may have a known or unknown (sometimes referred to as “anonymous”) sequence. It may be derived from random fractionation by mechanical means or by limited restriction enzyme digestion of a nucleic acid sample, for example.
  • tags are defined by its function of enabling a particular nucleic acid molecule (or its complement) to be identified.
  • target nucleic acid molecules can be provided by techniques known to those skilled in the art of nucleic acid manipulation. For example, two or more parts can be joined together by ligation. If necessary, prior to ligation appropriate modifications can be made to provide molecules in a form ready for ligation. For example if blunt end ligation is desired then a single-strand specific exonuclease such as S1 nuclease could be used to remove single stranded portions of molecules prior to ligation.
  • Linkers and/or adapters may also be used in nucleic acid manipulation. (Techniques useful for nucleic acid manipulation are disclosed in Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning, 2 nd Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989), for example.)
  • a template molecule Once a template molecule has been synthesised it can be cloned into a vector and can be amplified in a suitable host before being used in the present invention. It may alternatively be amplified by PCR. As a further alternative, batches of template molecules can be synthesised chemically using automated DNA synthesisers (e.g. from Perkin-Elmer/Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.).
  • the present invention allows large numbers of nucleic acid molecules identical in sequence to be provided in a colony arising from a single molecule of template. Furthermore, the template can be re-used to generate further colonies. Thus it is not essential to provide large numbers of template molecules to be used in colony formation.
  • the template can be of any desired length provided that it can participate in the method of the present invention. Preferably it is at least 10, more preferably at least 20 bases long. More preferably it is at least 100 or at least 1000 bases long. As is the case for primers for use in the present invention, templates may comprise naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring bases.
  • reaction conditions suitable for the method of the present invention uses repeated steps of annealing of primers to templates, primer extension and separation of extended primers from templates. These steps can generally be performed using reagents and conditions known to those skilled in PCR (or reverse transcriptase plus PCR) techniques. PCR techniques are disclosed, for example, in “PCR: Clinical Diagnostics and Research”, published in 1992 by Springer-Verlag.
  • nucleic acid polymerase can be used together with a supply of nucleoside triphosphate molecules (or other molecules that function as precursors of nucleotides present in DNA/RNA, such as modified nucleoside triphosphates) to extend primers in the presence of a suitable template.
  • deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates are desirably provided.
  • Preferred deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates are abbreviated; dTTP (deoxythymidine nucleoside triphosphate), dATP (deoxyadenosine nucleoside triphosphate), dCTP (deoxycytosine nucleoside triphosphate) and dGTP (deoxyguanosine nucleoside triphosphate).
  • Preferred ribonucleoside triphosphates are UTP, ATP, CTP and GTP. However alternatives are possible. These may be naturally or non-naturally occurring.
  • a buffer of the type generally used in PCR reactions may also be provided.
  • a nucleic acid polymerase used to incorporate nucleotides during primer extension is preferably stable under the pertaining reaction conditions in order that it can be used several times. (This is particularly useful in automated amplification procedures.)
  • the nucleic acid polymerase is preferably heat stable at the temperature used.
  • heat stable polymerases are known to those skilled in the art. They are obtainable from thermophilic micro-organisms. They include the DNA dependent DNA polymerase known as Taq polymerase and also thermostable derivatives thereof.
  • the nucleic acid polymerase need not however be DNA dependent. It may be RNA dependent. Thus it may be a reverse transcriptase—i.e. an RNA dependent DNA polymerase.)
  • annealing of a primer to its template takes place at a temperature of 25 to 90° C. Such a temperature range will normally be maintained during primer extension. Once sufficient time has elapsed to allow annealing and also to allow a desired degree of primer extension to occur, the temperature can be increased, if desired, to allow strand separation. At this stage the temperature will typically be increased to a temperature of 60 to 100° C. [High temperatures can also be used to reduce non-specific priming problems prior to annealing. They can be used to control the timing of colony initiation, e.g.
  • the strands maybe separated by treatment with a solution of low salt and high pH (>12) or by using a chaotropic salt (e.g. guanidinium hydrochloride) or by an organic solvent (e.g. formamide).
  • a chaotropic salt e.g. guanidinium hydrochloride
  • an organic solvent e.g. formamide
  • a washing step will be performed.
  • the washing step can be omitted between initial rounds of annealing, primer extension and strand separation, if it is desired to maintain the same templates in the vicinity of immobilised primers. This allows templates to be used several times to initiate colony formation. (It is preferable to provide a high concentration of template molecules initially so that many colonies are initiated at one stage.)
  • the size of colonies can be controlled, e.g. by controlling the number of cycles of annealing, primer extension and strand separation that occur. Other factors which affect the size of colonies can also be controlled. These include the number and arrangement on a surface of immobilised primers, the conformation of a support onto which the primers are immobilised, the length and stiffness of template and/or primer molecules, temperature and the ionic strength and viscosity of a fluid in which the above-mentioned cycles can be performed.
  • colonies may be used in nucleic acid sequencing (whether partial or full), in diagnosis, in screening, as supports for other components and/or for research purposes (preferred uses will be described in greater detail later on). If desired colonies may be modified to provide different colonies (referred to herein as “secondary colonies” in order to distinguish from the “primary colonies” initially formed).
  • a surface comprising immobilised nucleic acid strands in the form of colonies of single stranded nucleic acid molecules is also within the scope of the present invention.
  • each immobilised nucleic acid strand within a colony will be located on the surface so that an immobilised and complementary nucleic acid strand thereto is located on the surface within a distance of the length of said immobilised nucleic acid strand (i.e. within the length of one molecule).
  • This allows very high densities of nucleic acid strands and their complements to be provided in immobilised form.
  • a nucleic acid strand and its complement will preferably be substantially homogeneously distributed within the colony.
  • Such surfaces are also within the scope of the present invention. Normally, such surfaces are obtained after treating primary colonies, e.g., by partial digestion by restriction enzymes or by partial digestion after strand separation (e.g., after heating) by an enzyme which digests single stranded DNA), or by chemical or physical means, (e.g., by irradiating with light colonies which have been stained by an intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide).
  • single stranded colonies can be used to provide double stranded molecules. This can be done, for example, by providing a suitable primer (preferably in solution) that hybridises to the 3′ ends of single stranded immobilised molecules and then extending that primer using a nucleic acid polymerase and a supply of nucleoside triphosphates (or other nucleotide precursors).
  • a suitable primer preferably in solution
  • non-bridged is used here to indicate that the molecules are not in the form of the bridge-like structures shown in e.g. FIG. 1 h .
  • small colonies can be provided that contain large numbers of nucleic acid molecules (whether single or double stranded). Many colonies can therefore be located on a surface having a small area. Colony densities that can be obtained may therefore be very high, as discussed supra.
  • Different colonies will generally be comprised of different amplified nucleic acid strands and amplified complementary strands thereto.
  • the present invention allows many different populations of amplified nucleic acid molecules and their complements to be located on a single surface having a relatively small surface area.
  • the surface will usually be planar, although this is not essential.
  • the present invention also provides an apparatus for providing a surface comprising colonies of the immobilised nucleic acid molecules discussed supra.
  • Such an apparatus can include one or more of the following:
  • immobilised nucleic acids produced via the method of the present invention can include a source of reactants and detecting means for detecting a signal that may be generated once one or more reactants have been applied to the immobilised nucleic acid molecules. They may also be provided with a surface comprising immobilised nucleic acid molecules in the form of colonies, as described supra.
  • the means for detecting a signal has sufficient resolution to enable it to distinguish between signals generated from different colonies.
  • Apparatuses of the present invention are preferably provided in automated form so that once they are activated, individual process steps can be repeated automatically.
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using a single type of primer.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates how colony growth using a method of the present invention can occur.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the principle of the method used to produce DNA colonies using the present invention. It also illustrates the annealing, elongation and denaturing steps that are used to provide such colonies.
  • FIG. 4 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafted onto a surface.
  • FIG. 5 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafter onto a surface.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using two types of primer.
  • FIG. 7 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a method of the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules when a target molecule is used as a template having internal sequences that anneal with primers.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a method to synthesise additional copies of the original nucleic acid strands using nucleic acid strands present in colonies.
  • the newly synthesised strands are shown in solution but can be provided in immobilised form if desired.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show the PCR amplification of DNA from DNA found in the pre-formed DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 12A-C illustrate how secondary primers can be generated from DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate how secondary DNA colonies can be generated from secondary primers.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B illustrate how primers with different sequences can be generated from a surface functionalised with existing primers.
  • FIG. 15 depicts methods of preparing DNA fragments suitable for generating DNA colonies.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a method for synthesising cRNA using the DNA colony as a substrate for RNA polymerase.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a preferable method to determine the DNA sequence of DNA present in individual colonies.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a method of determining the sequence of a DNA colony, de novo.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the utility of secondary DNA colonies in the assay of mRNA expression levels.
  • FIGS. 20 and 21 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
  • a surface having attached thereto a plurality of primers (only one primer is shown for simplicity).
  • Each primer (1) is attached to the surface by a linkage indicated by a dark block. This may be a covalent or a non-covalent linkage but should be sufficiently strong to keep a primer in place on the surface.
  • the primers are shown having a short nucleotide sequence (5′-ATT). In practice however longer sequences would generally be provided.
  • FIG. 1 b shows a target molecule (II) that has annealed to a primer.
  • the target molecule comprises at its 3′ end a sequence (5′-ATT) that is complementary to the primer sequence (5′-ATT).
  • the target molecule comprises a sequence (5′-ATT) that is the same as the primer sequence (although exact identity is not required).
  • any sequence to be amplified (or the complement of any sequence to be amplified) can be provided.
  • part of the sequence to be amplified has been shown as 5′-CCG.
  • primer extension is shown.
  • a DNA polymerase is used together with dATP, dTTP, dGTP and dCTP to extend the primer (5′-ATT) from its 3′ end, using the target molecule as a template.
  • an extended immobilised strand (III) is provided that is complementary to the target molecule.
  • the target molecule can then be separated from the extended immobilised strand (e.g. by heating, as shown in FIG. 1 )).
  • This separation step frees the extended, immobilised strand so that it can then be used to initiate a subsequent round of primer extension, as shown in FIGS. 1 f ) and 1 g )
  • the extended, immobilised strand bends over so that one end of that strand (having the terminal sequence 5′-AAT) anneals with another primer (2,5′-ATT), as shown in FIG. 1 f ).
  • That primer provides a 3′ end from which primer extension can occur, this time using the extended, immobilised strand as a template.
  • Primer extension is shown occurring in FIG. 1 g ) and is shown completed in FIG. 1 h ).
  • FIG. 1 i shows the two extended immobilised strands that were shown in FIG. 1 h ) after separation from one another (e.g. by heating). Each of these strands can then themselves be used as templates in further rounds of primer extension initiated from new primers (3 and 4), as shown in FIGS. 1 j ) and 1 k ).
  • Four single stranded, immobilised strands can be provided after two rounds of amplification followed by a strand separation step (e.g. by heating), as shown in FIG. 1 l ). Two of these have sequences corresponding to the sequence of the target molecule originally used as a template. The other two have sequences complementary to the sequence of the target molecule originally used as a template. (In practice a given immobilised strand and its immobilised complement may anneal once.)
  • each extended immobilised molecule will be located at a surface within one molecule length of another extended immobilised molecule.
  • position 3 shown in FIG. 1 l is within one molecule length of position 1; position 1 is within one molecule length of position 2; and position 2 is within one molecule length of position 4.
  • FIG. 2 is provided to illustrate how colony growth can occur (using the method described with reference to FIG. 1 and to FIG. 6 or any other method of the present invention for providing immobilised nucleic acid molecules).
  • a flat plate is shown schematically in plan view having primers immobilised thereon in a square grid pattern (the primers are indicated by small dots).
  • a regular grid is used solely for simplicity: in many real cases, the positions of the primers might indeed be less ordered or random.
  • a template molecule has annealed to a primer and an initial bout of primer extension has occurred to provide an immobilised, extended nucleic acid strand.
  • an end of that strand becomes free to anneal to further primers so that additional immobilised, extended nucleic acid strands can be produced.
  • This is shown having occurred sequentially at positions indicated by the letter Y.
  • the primer chosen for annealing is positioned next to the primer carrying the nucleic acid strand: in real cases, the nucleic acid strand could anneal with a primer which is not its next nearest neighbour. However, this primer will obviously be within a distance equal to the length of the nucleic acid strand.
  • the resultant molecules can themselves anneal to other primers and the process can be continued to provide a colony comprising a large number of immobilised nucleic acid molecules in a relatively small area.
  • FIG. 3 shows a simplified version of the annealing, elongation and denaturing cycle. It also depicts the typical observations that can be made, as can be seen on the examples shown in FIGS. 4 and 6 .
  • the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acids using solid phase primers has been successfully achieved using the procedure described in Examples 1, 2 and 3 below:
  • Oligonucleotides phosphorylated at their 5′-termini (Microsynth GmbH, Switzerland), were grafted onto Nucleolink plastic microtitre wells (Nunc, Roskilde, Denmark).
  • the sequence of the oligonucleotide p57 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTCACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACC (SEQ ID NO:1) and p58 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTAGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:2).
  • Microtitre wells with p57 or p58 were prepared as follows.
  • Colony generation was initiated in each well with 15 ⁇ l of priming mix; 1 nanogram template DNA (where the template DNA began with the sequence 5′-AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 3) and terminated at the 3′-end with the sequence CCCTTTCCCTTTCCTTCTCCTTCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:4), the four dNTPs (0.2 mM), 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin, Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany), 0.1% Tween 20, 8% DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide, Fluka Chemicals, Switzerland), 1 ⁇ Amplitaq PCR buffer and 0.025 units/ ⁇ l of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.).
  • the priming reaction was a single round of PCR under the following conditions; 94° C. for 4 minutes, 60° C. for 30 seconds and 72° C. for 45 seconds in a thermocycler (PTC 200, MJ Research, Watertown, Mass.). Then 100 ⁇ l TE buffer (10 mM trisHCl, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA) was used in three successive one minute long washes at 94° C. The DNA colonies were then formed by adding to each well, 20 ⁇ l of polymerisation mix, which was identical to the priming mix but lacking the template DNA. The wells were then placed in the PTC 200 thermocycler and colony growing was performed by incubating the sealed wells 4 minutes at 94° C. and cycling for 50 repetitions the following conditions: 94° C. for 45 seconds, 65° C. for 2 minutes, 72° C. for 45 seconds. After completion of this program, the wells were kept at 8° C. until further use.
  • a 640 base pair fragment corresponding to the central sequence of the template (but not including the 5′-AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 3) sequence) was amplified PCR.
  • the isolated fragment was labeled with biotin-N 4 -dCTP (NEN Life Sciences, Boston, Mass.) and a trace of [ ⁇ - 32 p]dCTP (Amersham, UK) using the Prime-it II labeling kit (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.) to generate a biotinylated probe.
  • the biotinylated probe was diluted in to a concentration of 2.5 nM in EasyHyb (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany) and 15 ⁇ l was hybridized to each sample with the following temperature scheme (PTC 200 thermocycler): 94° C. for 5 minutes, followed by 500 steps of 0.1° C. decrease in temperature every 12 seconds (in other words, the temperature is decreased down to 45° C. in 100 minutes).
  • the samples are then washed as follows; 1 time with 2 ⁇ SSC/0.1% SDS (2 ⁇ SSC; 0.3M NaCl/0.03M sodium citrate pH7.0/0.001 mg/ml sodium dodecyl sulfate) at room temperature, once with 2 ⁇ SSC/0.1% SDS at 37° C.
  • the wells are then incubated for 30 minutes with 50 ⁇ l of red fluorescent, Neutravidin-coated, 40 nm FluoSpheres® (580 nm excitation and 605 nm emission, Molecular Probes Inc., Eugene, Oreg.) in TNT/0.1% BSA.
  • the solution of microspheres is made from a dilution of 2 ⁇ l of the stock solution of microspheres into 1 ml of TNT/0.1% BSA, which is then sonicated for 5 minutes in a 50 W ultra-sound water-bath (Elgasonic, Switzerland), followed by filtration through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter (Millex GV4).
  • the wells are then counted (Cherenkov) on a Microbeta plate scintillation counted (WALLAC, Turku, Finland).
  • Excess FluoSpheres® are removed by washing for min in TNT/0.1% BSA at room temperature. Images of the stained samples are observed using a 20 ⁇ objective on an inverted microscope (Axiovert S100TV, Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) equipped with a Micromax 512 ⁇ 768 CCD camera (Princeton instruments, Trenton, N.J.) through a XF43 filter set (PB546/FT580/LP590, Omega Optical, Brattleboro, Vt.) with a 5 second exposure.
  • FIGS. 4 and 5 show the hybridisation results for colony generation on tubes functionalised with either: FIG. 4 oligonucleotide p57 or FIG. 5 oligonucleotide pS8.
  • the control reaction shows very few fluorescent spots, since the sequence of the flanking regions on the template do not correspond to the primer sequences grafted onto the well.
  • FIG. 5 shows the number of fluorescent spots detected when the primers grafted to the wells match the flanking sequences on the initiating DNA template. Calculating the number of fluorescent spots detected and taking into consideration the magnification, we can estimate that there are between 3 and 5 ⁇ 10 7 colonies/cm 2 .
  • the photos are generated by the program, Winview 1.6.2 (Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.) with backgrounds and intensities normalised to the same values.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B another embodiment of the present invention is illustrated. Here two different immobilised primers are used to provide primer extension.
  • the target molecule shown is provided with a nucleotide sequence at its 3′ end (AAT-3′) that is complementary to the sequence of a first primer, (5′-ATT, I), which is grafted on the surface, so that annealing with that primer can occur.
  • the sequence (5′-GGT) at the 5′ end of the target molecule, III corresponds to the sequence (5′-GGT) of a second primer, II, which is also grafted to the surface, so that the sequence which is complementary to the sequence at the 5′ end can anneal with that said second primer.
  • said complementary sequence (5′-ACC) is chosen so that it will not anneal with the first primer (5′-ATT).
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B have an advantage over the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1 since the possibility of one end of a single stranded target molecule annealing with another end of the same molecule in solution can be avoided and therefore amplification can proceed further. The possibility of annealing occurring between both ends of an immobilised complement to a target molecule can also be avoided.
  • a template has been cloned in a vector (pBlueScript Skminus, Stratagene Inc, San Diego, Calif.) with the appropriate DNA sequence at the cloning site (i.e., corresponding to P1 and P2 at position 621 and 794 respectively), and 174 by long linear double stranded DNA template has been obtained by PCR amplification, using P1 and P2.
  • the template PCR product has been purified on Qiagen Qia-quick columns (Qiagen GmbH, Hilden, Germany) in order to remove the nucleotides and the primers used during the PCR amplification.
  • the purified template in 50 ⁇ l solution containing 1 ⁇ PCR buffer (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.) with the four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) at 0.2 mM, (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) and 2.5 units of AmpliTaq Gold DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.) ⁇ has been spread on the support, i.e. on the Nucleolink plates grafted with P1 and P2 (the plates have been rinsed with a solution containing 100 mM TRIS-HCl (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20 (Fluka, Switzerland) at room temperature for 15 min ⁇ .
  • dNTPs deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates
  • AmpliTaq Gold DNA polymerase Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.
  • This solution has been incubated at 93° C. for 9 minutes to activate the DNA polymerase and then 60 cycles (94° C./30 sec., 48° C./30 sec., 72° C./30 sec.) have been performed on a PTC 200 thermocycler.
  • 60 cycles 94° C./30 sec., 48° C./30 sec., 72° C./30 sec.
  • concentrations of PCR template have been tested (approximately 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625 ng/ ⁇ l) and for each sample a control reaction carried out without Taq polymerase has been performed (same conditions as above but without DNA polymerase).
  • YO-PRO Molecular Probes, Portland Oreg.
  • YO-PRO Molecular Probes, Portland Oreg.
  • the resulting products have been observed on a confocal microscope using a 40 ⁇ objective (LSM 410, Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) with appropriate excitation (an 488 argon laser) and detection filters (510 low pass filter) (note: the bottom of each well is flat and allows observation with an inverted fluorescence microscope).
  • the control well shows only rare objects which can be observed on a blank surface these objects were useful at this stage for reporting that the focus was correct). These objects have an irregular shape, are 20 to 100 micro-meters in size and have a thickness much larger than the field depth of the observation.
  • a great number of fluorescent spots can be observed. They present a circular shape, they are 1 to 5 micro meters in size and do not span the field of view. The number of spots depends on the concentration of the template used for initiating colony formation. From the observed size of the colonies, one can estimate that more than 10,000 distinct colonies can be arrayed within 1 mm 2 of support.
  • Oligonucleotides (Microsynth GmbH, Switzerland) were grafted onto Nucleolink wells (Nunc, Denmark). Oligonucleotide PI corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTCTCACTATAGGGCGAATTGG (SEQ ID NO:7) and oligonucleotide P2 corresponds to 5′-TTTTTTCTCACTAAAGGGAACAAAAGCTGG (SEQ ID NO:8).
  • a 45 ⁇ l of 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals, St. Louis, Mo.) solution containing 360 fmol of P1 and 360 fmol of P2 was added.
  • S1 and 52 are 704 base pair and 658 bp fragments, respectively, which have been cloned into pBlueScript Skminus plasmids and subsequently amplified through a PCR using P1 and P2 as primers. The fragments were purified on Qiagen Qia-quick columns (QIAGEN GmbH, Germany) in order to remove the nucleotides and the primers.
  • a 640base pair fragment corresponding to the central sequence of the S1 fragment, but not including the P1 or P2 sequence was amplified by PCR as previously described.
  • the probe was labelled with biotin-16-dUTP (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany) using the Prime-it II random primer labelling kit (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.) according to the manufacturers instructions.
  • the biotinylated probes were hybridized to the samples in EasyHyb buffer (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany), using the following temperature scheme (in the PTC 200 thermocycler): 94° C. for 5 minutes, followed by 68 steps of 0.5° C. decrease in temperature every 30 seconds (in other words, the temperature is decreased down to 60° C. in 34 minutes), using sealed wells.
  • the samples are then washed 3 times with 200 ⁇ l of TNT at room temperature.
  • the wells are then incubated for 30 minutes with 50 ⁇ l TNT containing 0.1 mg/ml BSA.
  • microspheres are made of 2 ⁇ l of the stock solution of microspheres, which have been sonicated for 5 minutes in a 50 W ultra-sound water-bath (Elgasonic, Bienne, Switzerland), diluted in 1 ml of TNT solution containing 0.1 mg/ml BSA and filtered with Millex GV4 0.22 ⁇ m pore size filter (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.).
  • the stained samples are observed using an inverted Axiovert 10 microscope using a 20 ⁇ objective (Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) equipped with a Micromax 512 ⁇ 768 CCD camera (Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.), using a XF43 filter set (PB546/FT580/LP590, Omega Optical, Brattleboro, Vt.), and 10 seconds of light collection.
  • the files are converted to TIFF format and processed in the suitable software (PhotoPaint, Corel Corp., Ottawa, Canada). The processing consisted in inversion and linear contrast enhancement, in order to provide a picture suitable for black and white print-out on a laser printer.
  • FIG. 8 shows the results for 3 different ratios of the S1/S2 templates used in the initiating reaction: i) the S1/S2 is 1/0, many spots can be observed, ii) the S1/S2 is 1/10, and the number of spots is approximately 1/10 of the number of spots which can be observed in the i) image, as expected, and iii) the S1/S2 is 0/1, and only a few rare spots can be seen.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B are provided to show that the sequences shown at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the target molecule illustrated in FIGS. 1A , 1 B, 6 A, and 6 B need not be located at the ends of a target molecule.
  • a target nucleic acid molecule (II) may have a sequence at each (or either) end that is neither involved in annealing with a primer nor in acting as a template to provide a complementary sequence that anneals with a primer (sequence 5′-AAA and sequence S′-CCC).
  • One of the internal sequences (5′-AAT) is used as a template to synthesise a complementary sequence, III, thereto (5′-TTT), as is clear from FIG. 9A , (a) to (e).
  • sequence 5′-TTT is not however itself used to provide a sequence complementary thereto, as is clear from FIGS. 9A (f) to (h) and FIG. 9B (i) to (k). It can be seen from FIG. 9B , (l) that only one of the four immobilised strands shown after two rounds of primer extension and a strand separation step comprises the additional sequence 5′-TTT and that no strand comprising a complementary sequence (5′-AAA) to this sequence is present (i.e. only one strand significantly larger than the others is present). After several rounds of amplification the strand comprising the sequence 5′-TTT will represent an insignificant proportion of the total number of extended, immobilised nucleic acid molecules present.
  • Amplified, single stranded nucleic acid molecules present in colonies provided by the present invention can themselves be used as templates to synthesise additional nucleic acid strands.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate one method of synthesising additional nucleic acids using immobilised nucleic acids as a starting point.
  • Colonies will usually comprise both a given nucleic acid strand and its complement in immobilised form ( FIG. 10A , (a)). Thus they can be used to provide additional copies not only of a given nucleic acid strand but also of its complement.
  • primers TTA and TGG are provided by the present invention.
  • These primers may be the same as primers initially used to provide the immobilised colonies, apart from being provided in free rather than immobilised form.
  • the original DNA colony is denatured by heat to it single-stranded form ( FIG. 10A , (b)), allowing primers TTA and TGG to anneal to the available 3′ end of each DNA strand.
  • Primer extension using AmpliTaq DNA polymerase and the four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (labeled or unlabeled) can then be used to synthesise complementary strands to immobilised nucleic acid strands or at least to parts thereof (step (iii)).
  • FIG. 10B , (d) Once newly formed strands ( FIG. 10B , (d)) have been synthesised by the process described above, they can be separated from the immobilised strands to which they are hybridised (e.g. by heating). The process can then be repeated if desired using the PCR reaction, to provide large number of such strands in solution ( FIG. 10B , (e)).
  • Strands synthesised in this manner after separation from the immobilised strands, can, if desired, be annealed to one another (i.e. a given strand and its complement can anneal) to provide double-stranded nucleic acid molecules in solution. Alternatively they can be separated from one another to provide homogenous populations of single-stranded nucleic acid molecules in solution.
  • nucleic acid strands in different colonies have different sequences
  • primers can be provided to allow several or all of the colonies to be used as templates.
  • Such primers may be a mixture of many different primers (e.g. a mixture of all of the primers originally used to provide all of the colonies, but with the primers being provided in solution rather than in immobilised form).
  • Oligonucleotides (Microsynth GmbH Balgach, Switzerland) were grafted onto Nucleolink wells (Nunc, Denmark). Oligonucleotide P1 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTTTCACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACC (SEQ ID NO:9) and oligonucleotide P2 corresponds to 5′-TTTTTTTTTTAGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:10).
  • a 45 ⁇ l of 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals) solution containing 360 fmol of P1 and 360 fmol of P2 was added.
  • Colony growing was initiated in each well with 15 ⁇ l of initiation mix (1 ⁇ PCR buffer, 0.2 mM dNTPs and 0.75 units of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase, 20 nanograms of template DNA, where the template DNA was either S1 DNA or S2 DNA or a 1/1 mixture of S1 DNA and S2 DNA, as indicated in discussion to Example 3.
  • S1 and S2 are 658 base pair and 704 b.p. fragments, respectively, which have been prepared as described in EXAMPLE 3.
  • S1-buffer S1 nuclease essentially digests single stranded DNA
  • set D, E and F have been incubated with both BAL-31 and S1 nucleases Reactions were stopped by rinsing the wells with TNT buffer.
  • PCR (25 cycles, 30 sec. at 94° C., 45 sec. at 60° C., 45 sec. at 72° C.) has been performed in the Nucleolink wells with 0.25 ⁇ M primers P70 (5′-CACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACCACGACTCACTATAGGGCGAA (SEQ ID NO:11)) and P71 (5′AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGGTAAAGGGAACAAAAGCTGGA (SEQ ID NO:12)) in solution in sets A, B, C and D.
  • P70 and P71 are suited for the amplification of both S1 and S2, since primer P70 contains the sequence of primer P1 and p71 contains P2.
  • PCR has been performed with a set of forward (P150, 5′-GGTGCTGGTCCTCAGTCTGT (SEQ ID NO:13)) and reverse (P151, 5′-CCCGCTTACCAGTTTCCATT (SEQ ID NO:14)) primers which are within S1 and not within S2 so as to produce a 321 by PCR product
  • PCR has been performed with a set of forward (P152, 5′-CTGGCCTTATCCCTAACAGC (SEQ ID NO:15)) and reverse (P153, 5′-CGATCTTGGCTCATCACAAT (SEQ ID NO:16)) primers which are within S2 and not within S1 so as to produce a 390 by PCR product.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show that DNA in the colonies is protected from exonuclease digestion (sets B, C and D as compared to set A), and that both S1 and S2 can be recovered either simultaneously using P1 and P2 (sets A, B, C and D) or specifically (set E and F).
  • set E and F where the shorter PCR products are more efficiently amplified than the longer PCR products in sets A, B, C, D, a cross-contamination between the S1 and S2 templates is detectable (see lane E2 and F1).
  • initially formed colonies it is also possible to modify initially formed colonies to provide different colonies (i.e. to provide colonies comprising immobilised nucleic acid molecules with different sequences from those molecules present in the initially formed colonies).
  • initially formed colonies are referred to as “primary colonies” and the later formed colonies as “secondary colonies”.
  • a preliminary procedure is necessary to turn the primary colonies into “secondary primers” which will be suitable for secondary colony generation.
  • FIGS. 12A , 12 B, and 12 C shows how ‘secondary primers’ are generated using existing primary colonies.
  • the primary colony FIG. 12A , (a)
  • a single-strand specific DNA exonuclease might be used to remove all primers which have not been elongated.
  • the DNA molecules forming the colonies can be cleaved by using endonucleases.
  • endonucleases For example, a restriction enzyme that recognises a specific site within the colony (depicted by the ‘RE’ arrow in FIG. 12B , (c)) and cleaves the DNA colony (step (ii), FIG. 12B ).
  • the enzymatically cleaved colony ( FIG. 12B , (d)) can then be partially digested with a 3′ to 5′ double-strand specific exonuclease (e.g. E. coli exonuclease III, depicted by ‘N’, step (iii), FIG. 12B , (d)).
  • the secondary primers are available after denaturation (e.g., by heat) and washing ( FIG. 12B , (e)).
  • the double stranded DNA forming the colonies can be digested with the double-strand specific 3′-5′ exonuclease, which digest only one strand of double stranded DNA.
  • An important case is when the exonuclease digests only a few bases of the DNA molecule before being released in solution, and when digestion can proceed when another enzyme binds to the DNA molecule ( FIG. 12C , (g)). In this case the exonuclease digestion will proceed until there remain only single stranded molecules which, on average, are half the length of the starting material, and are without any complementary parts (which could form partial duplexes) remaining in the single stranded molecules in a colony ( FIG. 12C , (h)).
  • Templates useful for secondary colony growing may include molecules having known sequences (or complements of such sequences). Alternatively templates may be derived from unsequenced molecules (e.g. random fragments). In either event the templates should be provided with one or more regions for annealing with nucleic acid strands present in the primary colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B show how a secondary colony can be generated when an appropriate template (TP, FIG. 13A , (a)) is provided for a second round of DNA colony generation on a support for secondary colony growing, holding secondary primers.
  • treatment of the primary colony as described above has generated the secondary primers, SP1 and SP2 ( FIG. 13A , (a)).
  • the template TP will hybridise to its complementary secondary primer, SP1, and following an extension reaction using a DNA polymerase as described, will be extended as depicted ( FIG. 13A , (b)).
  • a denaturing step ii
  • reannealing step iii
  • DNA polymerase step iv
  • the maximum size of a secondary colony provided by this embodiment of the present invention is restricted by the size of the primary colony onto which it grows.
  • Several secondary growing processes can be used sequentially to create colonies for specific applications (i.e. a first colony can be replaced with a second colony, the second colony can be replaced with a third colony, etc.)
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B shows how extended primers can be generated on an array of oligonucleotides. The same procedure could be applied to a support covered with colonies or secondary primers as described in section E.
  • FIG. 14A (a) a support is provided having a plurality of immobilised primers shown thereon. Different immobilised primers are shown present in different regions of the support (represented by squares). Primers having the sequence 5′-AAA are present in one square and primers having the sequence 5′-GGG are present in another square.
  • FIG. 14A , (b) and FIG. 14B , (c) and (d) show how the initial primers present (initial primers) are modified to give different primers (extended primers).
  • those initial primers having the sequence 5′-AAA are modified to produce two different types of extended primers, having the sequences 5′-AAAGCC and 5′-AAATAC respectively. This is achieved by the hybridisation of oligonucleotide templates, 5′-GTATTT and 5′-GGCTTT to the primary primers immobilised on the surface ( FIG. 14A , (b)), followed by DNA polymerase reaction.
  • Those initial primers having the sequence 5′-GGG are modified to produce two different types of extended primers, having the sequences 5′-GGGTAT and 5′-GGGTAA ( FIG. 14B , (d)) in a similar manner.
  • the technique of producing extended primers is useful for transforming immobilised oligonucleotides provided on a DNA chip or other surface into immobilised primers useful in amplifying a particular target nucleic acid sequence and/or in amplifying a complementary strand thereto.
  • Nucleic acid fragments for use in colony generation may be prepared differently for the different procedures (referred to herein as “prepared nucleic acids”).
  • prepared nucleic acids Various preparation procedures are described below:
  • the DNA of interest is first extracted from the biological sample and cut randomly into “small” pieces (e.g., 50 to 10,000 bases long, but preferentially 500 to 1000 base pairs in length, represented by bar ‘I’, FIG. 15 , (a)).
  • “small” pieces e.g., 50 to 10,000 bases long, but preferentially 500 to 1000 base pairs in length, represented by bar ‘I’, FIG. 15 , (a)).
  • the extracted and cut DNA fragments can be size-fractionated, e.g., by agarose gel electrophoresis, sucrose gradient centrifugation or gel chromatography. Fragments obtained within a single fraction can be used in providing templates in order to reduce the variability in size of the templates.
  • the extracted, cut and (optionally) sorted template DNA fragments can be ligated with oligonucleotide linkers (IIa and IIb, FIG. 15 , (a)) containing the sequence of the primer(s) which have previously been grafted onto a support. This can be achieved, for instance, using “blunt-end” ligation.
  • the template DNA fragments can be inserted into a biological vector at a site that is flanked by the sequence of the primers that are grafted on the support. This cloned DNA can be amplified within a biological host and extracted. Obviously, if one is working with a single primer grafted to the solid support for DNA colony formation, purifying fragments containing both P1 and P2 primers does not pose a problem.
  • DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process are designated by the expression: “prepared genomic DNA” (III, FIG. 15 , (a)).
  • the procedure is the same as that described in the previous section except that in this case, the oligonucleotide linkers used to tail the randomly cut genomic DNA fragments are now made of two parts; the sequence of the primers grafted onto the surface (P1 and P2, FIG. 15 , (b)) and a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample and which will be used for identifying the origin of the DNA colony. Note that for each sample, the tag may not be unique, but a plurality of tags could be used.
  • we will designate the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process by the expression “tagged genomic DNA” (III, FIG. 15 , (b)).
  • This tagging procedure can be used for providing colonies carrying a means of identification which is independent from the sequence carried by the template itself. This could also be useful when some colonies are to be recovered specifically (using the procedure given in section D). This could also be useful in the case the recovered colonies are further processed, e.g., by creating new primary colonies and a cross reference between the original colonies and the new colonies is desired.
  • the DNA of interest can first be extracted from a biological sample by any means known by those skilled in the art (as mentioned supra). Then the specific sequences of interest can be amplified with PCR (step (i), FIG. 15 , (c)) using PCR primers (IIa and IIb) made of two parts; 1) at the 5′-end, the sequences corresponding to the sequences of primer oligonucleotide(s) that have been grafted onto a surface (P1 and P2) and 2) at the 3′-end, primer sequences specific to the sequence of interest (S1 and S2).
  • PCR primers IIa and IIb
  • step (i), FIG. 13 , (D) are now made of three parts; 1) the sequence of the primers grafted onto the surface (P1 and P2), 2) a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample and which will be used for the identifying the origin of the DNA colony and 3) primer sequences surrounding the specific sequence of interest (S1 and S2). Note that for each sample, a plurality of tags might be used, as in (ii) supra.
  • tags are the same as in (ii), supra.
  • the procedure is similar to the procedures described for preparing DNA fragments in the previous sections except that the starting point is to extract mRNA by any means known to those skilled in the art (e.g., by use of commercially available mRNA preparation kits).
  • the mRNA can be copied into double-stranded cDNA by any means known to those skilled in the art (e.g. by using a reverse transcriptase and a DNA polymerase).
  • the tags and primers described supra can be used in conjunction with the process of double-stranded cDNA synthesis to allow their incorporation into the templates.
  • we will designate the mRNA fragments obtained after such suitable processes by the expressions: “prepared total mRNA” (cf.
  • prepared genomic DNA as described in section (I) supra
  • tagged total mRNA cf. “tagged genomic DNA”, as described in section (ii) supra
  • prepared mRNA cf. “prepared DNA”, as described in section (iii) supra
  • tagged mRNA cf. “tagged DNA”, as described in section (iv) supra
  • labels may be used to provide detectable signals. Examples include:
  • Staining agents can be used in the present invention.
  • DNA colonies can be incubated with a suitable DNA-specific staining agent, such as the intercalating dyes, ethidium bromide, YO-YO, YO-PRO (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.).
  • a suitable DNA-specific staining agent such as the intercalating dyes, ethidium bromide, YO-YO, YO-PRO (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.).
  • the result can be observed with a suitable fluorescence imaging apparatus.
  • DNA colonies are first prepared for hybridisation. Then they are hybridised with a probe (labelled or unlabelled). If required, the hybridised probed is assayed, and the result is observed. This can be done with an apparatus of the present invention (e.g. as described supra).
  • colonies are treated with a DNA restriction endonuclease which is specific either for a sequence provided by a double stranded form of one of the primers originally grafted onto the surface where colonies are formed or for another sequence present in a template DNA molecule (see e.g. FIG. 12B , (c)).
  • the colonies can be heated to a temperature high enough for double stranded DNA molecules to be separated. After this thermal denaturing step, the colonies can be washed to remove the non-hybridised, detached single-stranded DNA strands, leaving a remaining attached single-strand DNA.
  • the colonies can be partially digested with a double-strandspecific 3′ to 5′ DNA exonuclease (see section E, FIG. 12C , (f)) which removes one strand of DNA duplexes starting from the 3′ end, thus leaving a part of a DNA molecule in single stranded form.
  • a double-strandspecific 3′ to 5′ DNA exonuclease see section E, FIG. 12C , (f)
  • DNA in colonies can first be heat denatured and then partially digested with an single-strand specific 3′ to 5′ DNA exonuclease which digests single stranded DNA starting from the 3′ end.
  • a further alternative is simply to heat denature DNA in the colonies.
  • Single-stranded nucleic acid probes (labelled or unlabelled) can be hybridised to single-stranded DNA in colonies at the appropriate temperature and buffer conditions (which depends on the sequence of each probe, and can be determined using protocols known to those skilled in the art).
  • a hybridised probe provided initially in unlabelled form can be used as a primer for the incorporation of the different (or a subset of the different) labelled (or a mix of labelled and unlabelled) deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates with a DNA polymerase.
  • the incorporated labelled nucleotides can then be detected as described supra.
  • the DNA colonies can be prepared for hybridisation by the methods described supra. Then they can be hybridised with a probe (labelled or initially unlabelled). If required, hybridised labelled probes are assayed and the result is observed with an apparatus as described previously. The probe may then be removed by heat denaturing and a probe specific for a second DNA sequence may be hybridised and detected. These steps maybe repeated with new probes as many times as desired.
  • the probes can be assayed as described supra for unlabelled probes, except that only a subset (preferably 1 only) of the different (labelled or unlabelled) nucleotides are used at each cycle.
  • the colonies can then be assayed for monitoring the incorporation of the nucleotides. This second process can be repeated until a sequence of a desired length has been determined.
  • DNA colonies can be used as templates for in situ RNA synthesis as depicted in FIG. 16 , (a).
  • DNA colonies can be generated from templates and primers, such that a RNA polymerase promoter sequence is positioned at one end of the double-stranded DNA in the colony.
  • DNA colonies can then be incubated with RNA polymerase and the newly synthesised RNA (cRNA) can be assayed as desired.
  • the detection can be done non-specifically (e.g., staining) or in a sequence dependent way (e.g., hybridisation).
  • the DNA template (I, FIG. 16 , (a)) to be amplified into a colony is generated by peR reaction using primers (IIa and IIb) which have the following four parts; 1) sequence identical to the sequences of the primers grafted onto the surface (‘P1’ and ‘P2’), 2) a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample, a sequence corresponding to a RNA polymerase promoter, i.e. the T3, T7 and SP6 RNA promoters, (‘RPP’, FIGS. 16 , (a)) and 4 ) primer sequences surrounding the specific sequence of interest (‘S1’ and ‘S2’).
  • primers IIa and IIb
  • RNA polymerase specific for the RNA polymerase promoter ‘RPP’, FIG. 16 , (c)
  • cRNA thus synthesised can be isolated and used as hybridisation probes, as messenger RNA (mRNA) templates for in vitro protein synthesis or as templates for in situ RNA sequence analysis.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • colonies can be analysed in order to determine sequences of nucleic acid molecules which form the colonies. Since very large numbers of the same nucleic acid molecules can be provided within each colony the reliability of the sequencing data obtained is likely to be very high.
  • sequences determined may be full or partial. Sequences can be determined for nucleic acids present in one or more colonies. A plurality of sequences may be determined at the same time.
  • sequence of a complementary strand to a nucleic acid strand to be sequenced may be obtained initially.
  • this sequence can be converted using base-pairing rules to provide the desired sequence (or a part thereof). This conversion can be done via a computer or via a person. It can be done after each step of primer extension or can be done at a later stage.
  • Sequencing can be done by various methods. For example methods relying on sequential restriction endonuclease digestion and linker ligation can be used. One such method is disclosed in WO95/27080 for example. This method comprises the steps of: ligating a probe to an end of a polynucleotide, the probe having a nuclease recognition site; identifying one or more nucleotides at the end of the polynucleotide; and cleaving the polynucleotide with a nuclease recognising the nuclease recognition site of the probe such that the polynucleotide is shortened by one or more nucleotides.
  • amplified nucleic acid molecules are sequenced by allowing primers to hybridise with the nucleic acid molecules, extending the primers and detecting the nucleotides used in primer extension.
  • primers Preferably, after extending a primer by a single nucleotide, the nucleotide is detected before a further nucleotide is used in primer extension (step-by-step sequencing).
  • n label is used in its broad sense to indicate any moiety that can be identified using an appropriate detection system.
  • the label is not present in naturally-occurring nucleotides.
  • labels are non-radioactive, such as fluorophores. However radioactive labels can be used.
  • nucleotides are provided in labelled form the labels may be the same for different nucleotides. If the same label is used each nucleotide incorporation can be used to provide a cumulative increase of the same signal (e.g. of a signal detected at a particular wavelength). Alternatively different labels may be used for each type of nucleotide (which may be detected at different wavelengths).
  • dATP dATP
  • dTTP dTTP
  • dCTP dCTP
  • dGTP dGTP
  • ATP a mixture of labelled and unlabelled nucleotides may be provided, as will be described in greater detail later on.
  • the sequencing of nucleic acid molecules present in at least 2 different colonies is performed simultaneously. More preferably, sequencing of nucleic acid molecules present in over 10, over 100, over 1000 or even over 1,000,000 different colonies is performed simultaneously. Thus if colonies having different nucleic acids molecules are provided, many different sequences (full or partial) can be determined simultaneously—i.e. over 10, over 100, over 1000 or even over 1,000,000 different sequences may be determined simultaneously.
  • controls may be provided, whereby a plurality of colonies comprising the same nucleic acid molecules are provided. By 50 determining whether or not the same sequences are obtained for nucleic acid molecules in these colonies it can be ascertained whether or not the sequencing procedure is reliable.
  • FIG. 17 One sequencing method of the present invention is illustrated in FIG. 17 , which is entitled “in situ sequencing”.
  • cyclic addition of the individual deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates and DNA polymerase will allow the determination of the DNA sequence immediately 3′ to the sequencing primer.
  • the addition of dGTP allows the determination of colony 1 to contain a ‘G’.
  • addition of dATP is detected in both colonies, determining that both colonies have an ‘A’ in the next position.
  • colonies are provided initially in a form comprising doublestranded molecules the colonies can be processed to provide single-stranded molecules for use in sequencing as described above.
  • double stranded molecules can be used for sequencing without such processing.
  • a double stranded DNA molecule can be provided with a promoter sequence and step-bystep sequencing can then be performed using an RNA polymerase and labeled ribonucleotides (cf FIG. 16 , (d))).
  • Another alternative is for a nick to be introduced in a double stranded DNA molecule so that nick translation can be performed using labeled deoxyribonucleotides. and a DNA polymerase with 5′ to 3′ exonuclease activity.
  • double-stranded immobilised molecules present in a colony are cleaved and this is followed by a denaturing step.
  • a denaturing step could be used initially and could be followed by a cleavage step.
  • cleavage is carried out enzymatically.
  • other means of cleavage are possible, such as chemical cleavage.
  • Denaturing can be performed by any suitable means. For example it may be performed by heating and/or by changing the ionic strength of a medium in the vicinity of the nucleic acid molecules.
  • primers for primer extension can be hybridised thereto.
  • Oligonucleotides are preferred as primers. These are nucleic acid molecules that are typically 6 to 60, e.g. 15 to 25 nucleotides long. They may comprise naturally and/or non-naturally occurring nucleotides. (However other molecules, e.g. longer nucleic acid strands may alternatively be used as primers, if desired.)
  • the primers for use in sequencing preferably hybridise to the same sequences present in amplified nucleic acid molecules as do primers that were used to provide said amplified nucleic acids. (Primers having the same/similar sequences can be used for both amplification and sequencing purposes).
  • annealing conditions prevent non-specific hybridisation.
  • These may be stringent conditions. Such conditions would typically be annealing temperatures close to a primer's Tm (melting temperature) at a given salt concentration (e.g. 50 nM primer in 200 mM NaCl buffer at 55° C. for a 20-mer oligonucleotide with 50% GC content).
  • salt concentration e.g. 50 nM primer in 200 mM NaCl buffer at 55° C. for a 20-mer oligonucleotide with 50% GC content.
  • Primers used for primer extension need not be provided in solution, since they can be provided in immobilised form.
  • the primers should be provided in the vicinity of the immobilised molecules to which they are to be annealed. (Such primers may indeed already be present as excess immobilised primers that were not used in amplifying nucleic acid molecules during the formation of colonies.)
  • the nucleic acid molecules present in colonies to be sequenced will include a sequence that hybridises to the primers to be used in sequencing (preferably under “stringent” conditions). This portion can be added to a given molecule prior to amplification (which molecule may have a totally/partially unknown sequence) using techniques known to those skilled in the art. For example it can be synthesised artificially and can be added to a given molecule using a ligase.
  • RNA or DNA polymerases can be used.
  • DNA polymerases are however the enzymes of choice for preferred embodiments. Several of these are commercially available. Polymerases which lack 3′ to 5′ exonuclease activity can be used, such as T7 DNA polymerase or the small (Klenow) fragment of DNA polymerase I may be used [e.g. the modified T7 DNA polymerase SequenaseTM 2.0 (Amersham) or Klenow fragment (3′ to 5′ exo-, New England Biolabs)). However it is not essential to use such polymerases.
  • thermostable polymerases such as ThermoSequenaseTM (Amersham) or TaquenaseTM (ScienTech, St Louis, Mo.). Any nucleotides may be used for primer extension reactions (whether naturally occurring or nonnaturally occurring).
  • Preferred nucleotides are deoxyribonucleotides; dATP, dTTP, dGTP and dCTP (although for some applications the dTTP analogue dUTP is preferred) or ribonucleotides ATP, UTP, GTP and CTP; at least some of which are provided in labelled form.
  • a washing step is preferably incorporated after each primer extension step in order to remove unincorporated nucleotides that may interfere with subsequent steps.
  • the preferred washing solution should be compatible with polymerase activity and have a salt concentration that does not interfere with the annealing of primer molecules to the nucleic acid molecules to be sequenced. (In less preferred embodiments, the washing solution may interfere with polymerase activity. Here the washing solution would need to be removed before further primer extension.)
  • a combination of labelled and nonlabelled nucleotides can be used.
  • the number of labels incorporated in each colony during primer extension can be sufficient to be detected by a detection device.
  • the ratio of labelled to non-labelled nucleotides may be chosen so that, on average, labelled nucleotides are used in primer extension less than 50%, less than 20%, less than 10% or even less than 1% of the time (i.e. on average in a given primer extension step a nucleotide is incorporated in labelled form in less than 50%, less than 20%, less than 10%' 0 or less than 1% of the extended primers.)
  • Steps b) and c) may be repeated one or more times.
  • a plurality of different colonies are provided and several different sequences are determined simultaneously.
  • This further embodiment of the present invention can be used to reduce costs, since relatively few labelled nucleotides are needed. It can also be used to reduce quenching effects.
  • nucleotides for primer extension or to use a major portion thereof (e.g. over 50%, over 70% or over 90% of the nucleotides used may be labelled). This can be done for example if labels are selected so as to prevent or reduce quenching effects. Alternatively labels may be removed or neutralised at various stages should quenching effects become problematic (e.g. laser bleaching of fluorophores may be performed). However this can increase the number of steps required and it is therefore preferred that labels are not removed (or at least that they are not removed after each nucleotide has been incorporated but are only removed periodically). In other less preferred embodiments, the primer itself and its extension product may be removed and replaced with another primer.
  • a plurality of labelled bases are incorporated into an extended primer during sequencing. This is advantageous in that it can speed up the sequencing procedure relative to methods in which, once a labelled base has been incorporated into an extended primer, the label must be removed before a further labelled base can be incorporated.
  • the plurality of labelled bases may be in the form of one or more contiguous stretches, although this is not essential.
  • the present invention therefore also includes within its scope a method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules, comprising the steps of:
  • sequences of the nucleic acid molecules present at said first and said locations are different from one another—i.e. a plurality of colonies comprising different nucleic acid molecules are sequenced.
  • a detection system for fluorescent labels is a Charge-Coupled-Device (CCD) camera, which can optionally be coupled to a magnifying device. Any other device allowing detection and, preferably, also quantification of fluorescence on a surface may be used. Devices such as fluorescent imagers or confocal microscopes may be chosen.
  • CCD Charge-Coupled-Device
  • the labels may be radioactive and a radioactivity detection device would then be required. Ideally such devices would be real-time radioactivity imaging systems. Also less preferred are other devices relying on phosphor screens (Molecular Dynamics) or autoradiography films for detection.
  • a scanning system may be preferred for data collection.
  • a detector may move relative to a plurality of colonies to be analysed. This is useful when all the colonies providing signals are not within the field of view of a detector.
  • the detector may be maintained in a fixed position and colonies to be analysed may be moved into the field of view of the detector (e.g. by means of a movable platform). Alternatively the colonies may be maintained in fixed position and the detection device may be moved to bring them into its field of view.
  • the detection system is preferably used in combination with an analysis system in order to determine the number (and preferably also the nature) of bases incorporated by primer extension at each colony after each step. This analysis may be performed immediately after each step or later on, using recorded data. The sequence of nucleic acid molecules present within a given colony can then be deduced from the number and type of nucleotides added after each step.
  • the detection system is part of an apparatus comprising other components.
  • the present invention includes an apparatus comprising a plurality of labelled nucleotides, a nucleic acid polymerase and detection means for detecting labelled nucleotides when incorporated into a nucleic acid molecule by primer extension, the detection means being adapted to distinguish between signals provided by labelled nucleotides incorporated at different colonies.
  • the apparatus may also include temperature control, solvent delivery and washing means. It may be automated.
  • the order of nucleotides applied to a given location can be chosen as desired. For example one may choose the sequential addition of nucleotides dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP; dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP; and so on. (Generally a single order of four nucleotides would be repeated, although this is not essential.)
  • the order of nucleotides to be added at each step is preferably chosen according to a known sequence.
  • Re-sequencing may be of particular interest for the analysis of a large number of similar template molecules in order to detect and identify sequence differences (e.g. for the analysis of recombinant plasmids in candidate clones after site directed mutagenesis or more importantly, for polymorphism screening in a population). Differences from a given sequence can be detected by the lack of incorporation of one or more nucleotides present in the given sequence at particular stages of primer extension. In contrast to most commonly used techniques, the present method allows for detection of any type of mutation such as point mutations, insertions or deletions. Furthermore, not only known existing mutations, but also previously unidentified mutations can be characterised by the provision of sequence information.
  • long nucleic acid molecules may have to be sequenced by several sequencing reactions, each one allowing for determination of part of the complete sequence. These reactions may be carried out at different colonies (where the different colonies are each provided with the same nucleic acid molecules to be sequenced but different primers), or in successive cycles applied at the same colony (where between each cycles the primers and extension products are washed off and replaced by different primers).
  • This embodiment of the present invention aims to solve the problem of screening a large population for the identification of given features of given genes, such as the detection of single nucleotide polymorphisms.
  • it consists in generating tagged genomic DNA (see section G(ii) supra). (Thus each sample originating from a given individual sample has been labelled with a unique tag). This tagged DNA can be used for generating primary colonies on an appropriate surface comprising immobilised primers. Several successive probe hybridisation assays to the colonies can then be performed. Between each assay the preceding probe can be removed, e.g. by thermal denaturation and washing.
  • a peR amplification can be performed to specifically amplify the gene of interest and to link a tag and a colony generating primer (refer to section G(iv), preparation of “tagged DNA”).
  • an apparatus to monitor the result of the ‘in situ’ sequencing or probe hybridisation assays it should take on the order of 1 to 10 seconds to image a fluorescent signal from colonies assayed using fluorescence present on a surface of ⁇ 1 mm 2 .
  • the bottleneck of the method is the time required to image the result of the assay, it takes of the order of 10 minutes to image the result of an assay on 50,000 samples (500,000 colonies).
  • using the present invention can take less than 36 hours. This represents a 20 times improvement compared to the best method known at present time (HySeq claims 30 days to achieve a comparable task).
  • Another advantage of using the present invention lies in the fact that it overcomes the problem arising with individuals who have heterozygous mutations for a given gene. While this problem may be addressed by existing sequencing methods to determine allelic polymorphisms, current high throughput mutation detection methods based on oligonucleotide probe hybridisation may lead to difficulties in the interpretation of results due to an unequal hybridisation of probes in cases of allelic polymorphisms and therefore errors can occur.
  • each colony arises from a single copy of an amplified gene of interest. If an average of 10 colonies are generated for each individual locus, there will be an average of 5 colonies corresponding to one version of a gene and 5 colonies corresponding to the other version of the gene. Thus heterozygotic mutations can be scored by the number of times a single allele is detected per individual genome sample.
  • This embodiment of the present invention provides a solution to the problem of identifying and characterising novel allelic polymorphisms within known genes in a large population of biological samples.
  • the DNA sequence 3′ to a specific probe may be determined directly by ‘in situ sequencing’ (section I(iii), Methods of sequencing).
  • a gene of, e.g., 2 000 bases in size
  • a reference sequence of the gene is known.
  • a PCR amplification can be performed to specifically amplify the gene of interest and link a tag and a colony generating primer.
  • a colony density of 10 000 colonies per mm 2 a surface of ⁇ 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm can be used.
  • the present invention can allow the whole screening experiment to be performed in approximately one day, with one apparatus. This can be compared to the most powerful systems operational at the present time.
  • Genomic DNA can be prepared, either directly from the total DNA of an organism of interest or from a vector into which DNA has been inserted.
  • the prepared genomic DNA (from whatever source) can be used to generate DNA colonies.
  • the DNA colonies can then be digested with a rare-cutting restriction enzyme, whose site is included in the linker, denatured and sequenced.
  • FIG. 18 depicts an example of de novo DNA sequencing.
  • genomic DNA is fragmented into pieces of 100 to 2000 base pairs (see preparation of random DNA fragments, section G(i)) These fragments will be ligated to oligonucleotide linkers (IIa and IIb, FIG. 18 , (a)) which include sequences specific for the grafted primers on the surface (‘P1’ and ‘P2’), a sequence which is recognised by a rare-cutting restriction nuclease (‘RE’) and a sequence corresponding to a sequencing primer (‘SP’), resulting in templates (III, FIG. 18 , (b)).
  • oligonucleotide linkers IIa and IIb, FIG. 18 , (a)
  • sequences specific for the grafted primers on the surface ‘P1’ and ‘P2’
  • RE rare-cutting restriction nuclease
  • SP sequencing primer
  • the throughput obtainable can be at least 400 times higher than presently available methods.
  • This embodiment of our invention means to solve the problem of monitoring the expression of a large number of genes simultaneously.
  • FIG. 19 Its preferred embodiment is depicted in FIG. 19 .
  • the DNA used for this preparation is ‘prepared genomic DNA’ or ‘tagged genomic DNA’, as described in section G(i) and G(iii), respectively, and where the DNA is either from the whole genome of one (or several) organism ⁇ s) or from a subset thereof (e.g., from a library of previously isolated genes).
  • the uppercase letters, “A”, “B” and “D” represent colonies which have arisen from genes which exhibit high, medium and low expression levels, respectively, and “E” represents colonies arising from nonexpressed genes (in real cases, all these situations may not necessarily be present simultaneously).
  • the colonies are treated to turn then into supports (i.e. secondary primers) for secondary colony growing (step i in FIG. 19 , (a)), as described in section E.
  • the treated colonies are represented by underlined characters (A, B, D, or E).
  • this support for secondary colony growing is used to regenerate colonies from mRNA (or eDNA) templates extracted from a biological sample, as described in section C. If the template is mRNA, the priming step of colony regeneration will be performed with a reverse transcriptase. After a given number of colony amplification cycles, preferably 1 to 50, the situation will be as depicted in ( FIG.
  • step iii in FIG. 19 , (c) additional cycles of colony growing are performed (preferably 2 to 50), and the colonies which have not been totally regenerated during the previous steps finally become totally regenerated, “b” becomes “B”, “d” becomes “D” ( FIG. 19 , (d)): the colonies corresponding to genes with high and medium expression levels are all regenerated “A” and “B” or “B”; the colonies corresponding to genes with low levels of expression are not all regenerated “D” and “D”; the colonies corresponding to non-expressed sequences are not regenerated at all “E”.
  • the relative levels of expression of the genes can be obtained by the following preferred methods:
  • levels of expression can be monitored by counting, for each gene, the number of colonies which have been regenerated and comparing this number to the total number of colonies corresponding to that gene. These measurements will generally give access to the relative expression levels of the genes represented by the colonies.
  • the identification of the colonies is preferably performed by fingerprinting, in a manner essentially similar to embodiment, section I(iv). Note that encoding the DNA samples is not required, but can be considered as an alternative to the direct identification of the DNA in the colonies.
  • This embodiment of our invention has many advantages if compared to current state of the art including: a very high throughput; no requirement for prior amplification of the mRNA (even though prior amplification is compatible with or invention); small amounts of samples and reactants are required due to the high density of samples with our invention; the presence of highly expressed genes has no incidence on the ability to monitor genes with low levels of expression; the ability to simultaneously monitor low and high levels of expression within the set of genes of interest.
  • this embodiment When the initial DNA in the generation of the primary DNA colony is made from the DNA of a whole genome, this embodiment also provides the following features: there is no interference between genes expressed at high level and at low level even though one has not performed specific amplification of the genes of interest.
  • the ability of our invention to perform this type of mRNA expression monitoring is due to the fact that when the primary colonies are prepared, statistically, each piece of the initial genome will be represented by the same number of colonies. Thus, frequent and rare DNA will initiate the same number of colonies (e.g., one colony per added genome molecule). Quantitative information might be obtained both from frequent and rare mRNAs by monitoring the growing rate of the colonies.
  • This embodiment of our invention means to solve the problem of isolating the genes which are specifically induced under given conditions, e.g., in specific tissues, different strains of a given species or under specific activation.
  • a practical example is the identification of genes which are up or down regulated after drug administration.
  • target sample a specific or activated biological sample which are up-regulated compared with a reference biological sample (hereafter called reference sample) is depicted in FIG. 20 .
  • the DNA used for this preparation is prepared genomic DNA or tagged genomic DNA, as described in sections G(i) and G(ii), respectively, where the DNA is either from the whole genome of one (or several) organism(s) or from a subset thereof (e.g., from a library of previously isolated genes), and where both the primers used for colony generation (hereafter called P1 and P2) contain a endonuclease restriction site.
  • the primers used for colony generation hereafter called P1 and P2
  • A represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed in both the reference sample and the target sample
  • B represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed only in the reference sample
  • C represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed only in the target sample
  • D represents colonies arising from non-expressed genes (in real cases, all these situations may not necessarily be present simultaneously).
  • step ii in FIG. 20 , (b)) the secondary primers are used to regenerate colonies using mRNA or cDNA (represented by “mA+mB”) extracted from the biological reference sample as a template, as described in G(v). If the template is mRNA, the first elongation step of colony regeneration will be performed with a reverse transcriptase. After enough colony growing cycles, preferably 5 to 100, only the colonies corresponding to genes expressed in the reference sample (“A” and “8”) will be regenerated, as depicted in ( FIG. 20 , (c)).
  • step (iii) the colonies are digested with a restriction enzyme (represented by RE) which recognises a site in the flanking primer sequences, P1 and P2, which are grafted on the support and which were the basis of primary colony generation.
  • RE a restriction enzyme
  • the colonies which have been regenerated during step (ii) will be digested. This is because the support for secondary colony growth is made of single stranded DNA molecules, which can not be digested by the restriction enzyme. Only the regenerated colonies are present in a double stranded form, and are digested. After digestion, the situation is the one depicted in FIG. 20 , (d).
  • the colonies corresponding to the genes expressed in the reference sample have totally disappeared, i.e., they are not even present as a support for secondary colony growth, and the colonies corresponding to genes expressed only in the target sample “C” and the colonies corresponding to non-expressed genes “D” are still present as a support for secondary colony generation.
  • step (iv) mRNA (or eDNA) (represented by “MA+mC”) extracted from the target sample is used to generate secondary colonies. Because colonies corresponding to rnA and mB no longer exist, only the colonies corresponding to mC can be regenerated (i.e., only the mRNA specifically expressed in the target sample). After sufficient number of colony growing cycles (preferably 5 to 100), the situation is such that only the colonies corresponding to genes expressed specifically in the target sample are regenerated (“C”, FIG. 20 , (e)).
  • step (v) the regenerated colonies “C” are used to generate copies of the DNA that they contain by performing several (preferably 1 to 20) colony growing cycles in the presence of the primers P1 and P2, as described in section D of the present invention.
  • a PCR amplification is then performed using P1 and P2 in solution (described in section D) and the amplified DNA characterised by classical methods.
  • step (ii) the mRNA used is the one extracted from the target biological sample (“MA+mC”) instead of the mRNA extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”), and in step (iv), the mRNA used is the one extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”) instead of the one extracted from the target sample (“mA+mC”).
  • step (ii) the mRNA used is the one extracted from the target biological sample (“MA+mC”) instead of the mRNA extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”)
  • step (iv) the mRNA used is the one extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”) instead of the one extracted from the target sample (“mA+mC”).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Preparation Of Compounds By Using Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)

Abstract

A nucleic acid molecule can be annealed to an appropriate immobilized primer. The primer can then be extended and the molecule and the primer can be separated from one another. The extended primer can then be annealed to another immobilized primer and the other primer can be extended. Both extended primers can then be separated from one another and can be used to provide further extended primers. The process can be repeated to provide amplified, immobilized nucleic acid molecules. These can be used for many different purposes, including sequencing, screening, diagnosis, in situ nucleic acid synthesis, monitoring gene expression, nucleic acid fingerprinting, etc.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 14/465,685, filed Aug. 21, 2014, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/886,234, filed May 2, 2013, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/828,047, filed Mar. 14, 2013, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/148,133, filed Apr. 16, 2008, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,476,044, which is a divisional of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/449,010, filed Jun. 2, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,985,565, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 09/402,277, filed Sep. 30, 1999, now abandoned, which is a national stage under 35 USC 371 of International Application No. PCT/GB98/00961, filed Apr. 1, 1998, which claims the benefit of priority to GB 9706528.8, filed Apr. 1, 1997, GB 9706529.6, filed Apr. 1, 1997, GB 9713236.9, filed Jun. 23, 1997, and GB 9713238.5, filed Jun. 23, 1997. The contents of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/148,133, filed Apr. 16, 2008, Ser. No. 10/449,010, filed Jun. 2, 2003, Ser. No. 09/402,277, filed Sep. 30, 1999, and International Application No. PCT/GB98/00961, filed Apr. 1, 1998, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The present application is being filed along with a Sequence Listing in electronic format. The Sequence Listing is provided as a file entitled ILLINC220C5.TXT, created Aug. 20, 2014, which is 3.65 Kb in size. The information in the electronic format of the Sequence Listing is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
    • FIELD
  • This invention relates, inter alia, to the amplification of nucleic acids.
    • BACKGROUND
  • Molecular biology and pharmaceutical drug development now make intensive use of nucleic acid analysis (Friedrich, G. A. Moving beyond the genome projects, Nature Biotechnology 14, 1234 (1996)). The most challenging areas are whole genome sequencing, single nucleotide polymorphism detection, screening and gene expression monitoring. Currently, up to hundreds of thousands of samples are handled in single DNA sequencing projects (Venter, J. C., H. O Smith, L. Hood, A new strategy for genome sequencing, Nature 381, 364 (1996)). This capacity is limited by the available technology. Projects like the “human genome project” (gene mapping and DNA sequencing) and identifying all polymorphisms in expressed genes involved in common diseases imply the sequencing of millions of DNA samples.
  • With most of the current DNA sequencing technologies, it is simply not possible to decrease indefinitely the time required to process a single sample. A way of increasing throughput is to perform many processes in parallel. The introduction of robotic sample preparation and delivery, 96 and 384 well plates, high density gridding machines (Maier, E., S. Meierewer, A. R. Ahmadi, J. Curtis, H. Lehrach, Application of robotic technology to automated sequence fingerprint analysis by oligonucleotide hybridization, Journal Of Biotechnology 35, 191 (1994)) and recently the development of high density oligonucleotide arrays (Chee, M., R. Yang, E. Hubbell, A. Berno, X. C. Huang, D. Stern, J. Winkler, D. J. Lockhart, M. S. Morris, and S. P. A. Fodor, Accessing genetic information with high-density DNA arrays, Science 274(5287):610-614, (1996)) are starting to bring answers to the demand in ever higher throughput. Such technologies allow up to 50,000-100,000 samples at a time to be processed within days and even hours (Maier, E., Robotic technology in library screening, Laboratory Robotics and Automation 7, 123 (1995)).
  • In most known methods for performing nucleic acid analysis, it is necessary to first extract the nucleic acids of interest (e.g., genomic or mitochondrial DNA or messenger RNA (mRNA)) from an organism. Then it is necessary to isolate the nucleic acids of interest from the mixture of all nucleic acids and usually, to amplify these nucleic acids to obtain quantities suitable for their characterisation and/or detection. Isolating the nucleic fragments has been considered necessary even when one is interested in a representative but random set of all of the different nucleic acids, for instance, a representative set of all the mRNAs present in a cell or of all the fragments obtained after genomic DNA has been cut randomly into small pieces.
  • Several methods can be used to amplify DNA with biological means and are well known by those skilled in the art. Generally, the fragments of DNA are first inserted into vectors with the use of restriction enzymes and DNA ligases. A vector containing a fragment of interest can then be introduced into a biological host and amplified by means of well established protocols. Usually hosts are randomly spread over a growth medium (e.g. agar plates). They can then replicate to provide colonies that originated from individual host cells.
  • Up to millions of simultaneous amplification of cloned DNA fragments can be carried out simultaneously in such hosts. The density of colonies is of the order of 1 colony/mm2. In order to obtain DNA from such colonies one option is to transfer the colonies to a membrane, and then to immobilise the DNA from within the biological hosts directly to the membrane (Grunstein, M. and D. S. Hogness, Colony Hybridization: A method for the isolation of cloned DNAs that contain a specific gene, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, USA, 72:3961 (1975)). With these options however, the amount of transferred DNA is limited and often insufficient for non-radioactive detection.
  • Another option is to transfer by sterile technique individually each colony into a container (e.g., 96 well plates) where further host cell replication can occur so that more DNA can be obtained from the colonies. Amplified nucleic acids can be recovered from the host cells with an appropriate purification process. However such a procedure is generally time and labour consuming, and difficult to automate.
  • The revolutionary technique of DNA amplification using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) was proposed in 1985 by Mullis et al. (Saiki, R., S. Scharf, F. Faloona, K. Mullis, G. Horn, H. Erlich and N. Arnheim, Science 230, 1350-1354 (1985) and is now well known by those skilled in the art. In this amplification process, a DNA fragment of interest can be amplified using two short (typically about 20 base long) oligonucleotides that flank a region to be amplified, and that are usually referred to as “primers”. Amplification occurs during the PCR cycling, which includes a step during which double stranded DNA molecules are denatured (typically a reaction mix is heated, e.g. to 95° C. in order to separate double stranded DNA molecules into two single stranded fragments), an annealing step (where the reaction mix is brought to e.g., 45° C. in order to allow the primers to anneal to the single stranded templates) and an elongation step (DNA complementary to the single stranded fragment is synthesised via sequential nucleotide incorporation at the ends of the primers with the DNA polymerase enzyme).
  • The above procedure is usually performed in solution, whereby neither the primers nor a template are linked to any solid matrix.
  • More recently, however, it has been proposed to use one primer grafted to a surface in conjunction with free primers in solution in order to simultaneously amplify and graft a PCR product onto the surface (Oroskar, A. A., S. E. Rasmussen, H. N. Rasmussen, S. R. Rasmussen, B. M. Sullivan, and A. Johansson, Detection of immobilised amplicons by ELISA-like techniques, Clinical Chemistry 42:1547 (1996)). (The term “graft” is used herein to indicate that a moiety becomes attached to a surface and remains there unless and until it is desired to remove it.) The amplification is generally performed in containers (e.g., in 96 well format plates) in such a way that each container contains the PCR product(s) of one reaction. With such methods, some of the peR product become grafted to a surface of the container having primers therein which has been in contact with the reactant during the PCR cycling. The grafting to the surface simplifies subsequent assays and allows efficient automation.
  • Arraying of DNA samples is more classically performed on membranes (e.g., nylon or nitro-cellulose membranes). With the use of suitable robotics (e.g., Q-bot™, Genetix ltd, Dorset BH23 3TG UK) it is possible to reach a density of up to 10 samples/mm2. Here, the DNA is covalently linked to a membrane by physicochemical means (e.g., UV irradiation). These technologies allow the arraying of large DNA molecules (e.g. molecules over 100 nucleotides long) as well as smaller DNA molecules. Thus both templates and probes can be arrayed.
  • New approaches based on pre-arrayed glass slides (arrays of reactive areas obtained by ink-jet technology (Blanchard, A. P. and L. Hood, Oligonucleotide array synthesis using ink jets, Microbial and Comparative Genomics, 1:225 (199)) or arrays of reactive polyacrylamide gels (Yershov, G. et al., DNA analysis and diagnostics on oligonucleotide microchips, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, USA, 93:4913-4918 (1996)) allow the arraying of up to 100 samples/mm2. With these technologies, only probe (oligonucleotide) grafting has been reported. Reported number of samples/mm2 are still fairly low (25 to 64).
  • Higher sample densities are achievable by the use of DNA chips, which can be arrays of oligonucleotides covalently bound to a surface and can be obtained with the use of micro-lithographic techniques (Fodor, S. P. A. et al., Light directed, spatially addressable parallel chemical synthesis, Science 251:767 (1991)). Currently, chips with 625 probes/mm2 are used in applications for molecular biology (Lockhart, D. J. et al., Expression monitoring by hybridisation to high-density oligonucleotide arrays, Nature Biotechnology 14:1675 (1996)). Probe densities of up to 250 000 samples/cm2 are claimed to be achievable (Chee, M. et al., Accessing genetic information with high-density DNA arrays, Science 274:610 (1996)). Currently, up to 132000 different oligonucleotides can be arrayed on a single chips of approximately 2.5 cm2. Presently, these chips are manufactured by direct solid phase oligonucleotide synthesis with the 3′OH end of the oligo attached to the surface. Thus these chips have been used to provide oligonucleotide probes which cannot act as primers in a DNA polymerase-mediated elongation step.
  • When PCR products are linked to the vessel in which PCR amplification takes place, this can be considered as a direct arraying process. The density of the resultant array of PCR products is then limited by the available vessel. Currently available vessels are only in 96 well microtiter plate format. These allow only around ˜0.02 samples of PCR products/mm2 of surface to be obtained.
  • Using the commercially available Nucleolink™ system obtainable from Nunc A/S (Roskilde, Denmark) it is possible to achieve simultaneous amplification and arraying of samples in containers on the surface of which oligonucleotide primers have been grafted. However, in this case the density of the array of samples is fixed by the size of the vessel. Presently a density of 0.02 samples/mm2 is achievable for the 96 well plate format. Increasing this density is difficult. This is apparent since, for instance, the availability of 384 well plates (0.08 samples/mm2) suitable for PCR has been delayed due to technical problems (e.g. heat transfer and capillary effects during filling). It is thus unlikely that orders of magnitude improvements in the density of samples arrayed with this approach can be achieved in the foreseeable future.
    • SUMMARY
  • The present invention aims to overcome or at least alleviate some of the disadvantages of prior art methods of nucleic acid amplification.
  • According to the present invention there is provided a method of nucleic acid amplification, comprising the steps of:
      • A. providing a plurality of primers that are immobilised but that have one end exposed to allow primer extension;
      • B. allowing a single stranded target nucleic acid molecule to anneal to one of said plurality of primers over part of the length of said single stranded nucleic acid molecule and then extending that primer using the annealed single stranded nucleic acid molecule as a template, so as to provide an extended immobilised nucleic acid strand;
      • C. separating the target nucleic molecule from the extended immobilised nucleic acid strand;
      • D. allowing the extended immobilised nucleic acid strand to anneal to one of said plurality of primers referred to in step A) and then extending that primer using the extended immobilised nucleic acid strand as a template, so as to provide another extended immobilised nucleic acid strand; and optionally,
      • E. separating the annealed extended immobilised nucleic acid strands from one another.
  • Preferably the method also comprises the step of:
  • F. using at least one extended immobilised nucleic acid strand to repeat steps D) and E), so as to provide additional extended immobilised nucleic acid strands and, optionally,
    G. repeating step F) one or more times.
  • Desirably the single-stranded target nucleic acid sequence is provided by a method in which said single-stranded target nucleic acid is produced by providing a given nucleic acid sequence to be amplified (which sequence may be known or unknown) and adding thereto a first nucleic acid sequence and a second nucleic acid sequence; wherein said first nucleic acid sequence hybridises to one of said plurality of primers and said second nucleic acid sequence is complementary to a sequence which hybridises to one of said plurality of primers.
  • The second nucleic acid sequence may be a sequence that is the same as the sequence of one of the plurality of primers. Thus the single-stranded target nucleic acid sequence may be provided by a method in which said single-stranded target nucleic acid is produced by providing a given nucleic acid sequence to be amplified (which sequence may be known or unknown) and adding thereto a first nucleic acid sequence and a second nucleic acid sequence; wherein said first nucleic acid sequence hybridises to one of said plurality of primers and said second nucleic acid sequence is the same as the sequence of one of said plurality of primers.
  • The first and second nucleic acid sequences may be provided at first and second ends of said single-stranded target nucleic acid, although this is not essential.
  • If desired a tag may be provided to enable amplification products of a given nucleic acid sequence to be identified.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using a single type of primer.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates how colony growth using a method of the present invention can occur.
  • FIGS. 3A AND 3B illustrate the principle of the method used to produce DNA colonies using the present invention. FIG. 3A illustrates the annealing, elongation and denaturing steps that are used to provide such colonies.
  • FIG. 3B illustrates a priming step.
  • FIG. 4 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafted onto a surface.
  • FIG. 5 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafter onto a surface.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using two types of primer.
  • FIG. 7 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a method of the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules when a target molecule is used as a template having internal sequences that anneal with primers.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a method to synthesise additional copies of the original nucleic acid strands using nucleic acid strands present in colonies. The newly synthesised strands are shown in solution but can be provided in immobilised form if desired.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show the PCR amplification of DNA from DNA found in the pre-formed DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 12A, 12B and 12C illustrate how secondary primers can be generated from DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate how secondary DNA colonies can be generated from secondary primers.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B illustrate how primers with different sequences can be generated from a surface functionalised with existing primers.
  • FIG. 15 depicts methods of preparing DNA fragments suitable for generating DNA colonies.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a method for synthesising cRNA using the DNA colony as a substrate for RNA polymerase.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a preferable method to determine the DNA sequence of DNA present in individual colonies.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a method of determining the sequence of a DNA colony, de novo.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the utility of secondary DNA colonies in the assay of mRNA expression levels.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION Colonies
  • The method of the present invention allows one or more distinct areas to be provided, each distinct area comprising a plurality of immobilised nucleic acid strands (hereafter called “colonies”). These areas can contain large numbers of amplified nucleic acid molecules. These molecules may be DNA and/or RNA molecules and may be provided in single or double stranded form. Both a given strand and its complementary strand can be provided in amplified form in a single colony.
  • Colonies of any particular size can be provided.
  • However, preferred colonies measure from 10 nm to 100 μm across their longest dimension, more preferably from 100 nm to 10 μm across their longest dimension. Desirably a majority of the colonies present on a surface (i.e. at least 50% thereof) have sizes within the ranges given above.
  • Colonies can be arranged in a predetermined manner or can be randomly arranged. Two or three dimensional colony configurations are possible. The configurations may be regular (e.g. having a polygonal outline or having a generally circular outline) or they may be irregular.
  • Colonies can be provided at high densities. Densities of over one colony/mm2 of surface can be achieved. Indeed densities of over 102, over 103 or even over 104 colonies/mm2 are achievable using the present invention. In preferred embodiments, the present invention provides colony densities of 104-5 colonies/mm2, more preferably densities of 106-7 colonies/mm2, thus offering an improvement of 3 to 4 orders of magnitude relative to densities achievable using many of the prior art methods. It is this property of the invention that allows a great advantage over prior art, since the high density of DNA colonies allows a large number of diverse DNA templates (up to 106-7 colonies/mm2, to be randomly arrayed and amplified.
    • Primers
  • The immobilised primers for use in the present invention can be provided by any suitable means, as long as a free 3′-OH end is available for primer extension. Where many different nucleic acid molecules are to be amplified, many different primers may be provided. Alternatively “universal” primers may be used, whereby only one or two different types of primer (depending upon the embodiment of the invention) can be used to amplify the different nucleic acid molecules. Universal primers can be used where the molecules to be amplified comprise first and second sequences, as described previously. The provision of universal primers is advantageous over methods such as those disclosed in WO96/04404 (Mosaic Technologies, Inc.) where specific primers must be prepared for each particular sequence to be amplified.
  • Synthetic oligodeoxynucleotide primers are available commercially from many suppliers (e.g. Microsynth, Switzerland, Eurogentech, Belgium).
  • Grafting of primers onto silanized glass or quartz and grafting of primers onto silicon wafers or gold surface has been described (Maskos, U. and E. M Southern, Oligonucleotide hybridizations on glass supports: a novel linker for oligonucleotide synthesis and hybridization properties of oligonucleotides synthesised in situ, Nucleic Acids Research 20(7):1679-84, 1992; Lamture, J. B., et. al. Direct-detection of nucleic-acid hybridization on the surface of a charge-coupled-device, Nucleic Acids Research 22(11):2121-2125, 1994; Chrisey, L. A., G. U. Lee, and C. E. Oferrall, Covalent attachment of synthetic DNA to self-assembled monolayer films, Nucleic Acids Research 24(15):3031-3039, 1996).
  • Grafting biotinylated primers to supports covered with streptavidin is another alternative. This grafting method is commonly used for bio-macromolecules in general.
  • Non-covalent grafting of primers at the interface between an aqueous phase and a hydrophobic phase through an hydrophobic anchor is also possible for the present invention. Such anchoring is commonly used for bio-macromolecules in general (S. Terrettaz et al.: Protein binding to supported lipid membranes, Langmuir 9, 1361 (1993)). Preferred forms of such interfaces would be liposomes, lipidic vesicles, emulsions, patterned bilayers, Langmuir or Langmuir-Blodgett films. The patterns may be obtained by directed pattering on templates, e.g., silicon chips patterned through micro-lithographic methods (Goves, J. T. et al., Micropatterning Fluid Bilayers on Solid Supports, in Science 275, 651 (1997)). The patterns may also be obtained by due to the self-assembly properties of “colloids”, e.g., emulsions or latex particles (Larsen, A. E. and D. G. Grier, Like charge attractions in metastable colloidal crystallites, Nature 385, 230 (1997)).
  • In the above methods, one, two or more different primers can be grafted onto a surface. The primers can be grafted homogeneously and simultaneously over the surface.
  • Using microlithographic methods it is possible to provide immobilised primers in a controlled manner. If direct synthesis of oligonucleotides onto a solid support with a free 3′-OH end is desired, then micro-lithographic methods can be used to simultaneously synthesise many different oligonucleotide primers (Pirrung, M. C. and Bradley, J. C. Comparison of methods for photochemical phosphoramidite-based DNA-synthesis. Journal Of Organic Chemistry 60(20):6270-6276, 1995). These may be provided in distinct areas that may correspond in configuration to colonies to be formed, (e.g. they may be several nanometers or micrometers across). Within each area, only a single type of primer oligonucleotide need be provided. Alternatively a mixture comprising a plurality of different primers may be provided. In either case, primers can be homogeneously distributed within each area. They may be provided in the form of a regular array.
  • Where areas initially comprise only one type of immobilised primer they may be modified, if desired, to carry two or more different types of primer. One way to achieve this is to use molecules as templates for primer extension that have 3′ ends that hybridise with a single type of primer initially present and that have 5′ ends extending beyond the 3′ ends of said primers. By providing a mixture of templates with different sequences from one another, primer extension of one type of primer using the mixture of such templates followed by strand separation will result in different modified primers. (The modified primers are referred to herein as “extended” primers in order to distinguish from the “primary” primers initially present on a surface).
  • One, two or more different types of extended primer can be provided in this manner at any area where primary primers are initially located. Substantially equal portions of different templates can be used, if desired, in order to provide substantially equal proportions of different types of immobilised extended primer over a given area. If different proportions of different immobilised extended primers are desired, then this can be achieved by adjusting the proportions of different template molecules initially used accordingly.
  • A restriction endonuclease cleavage site may be located within the primer. A primer may also be provided with a restriction endonuclease recognition site which directs DNA cleavage several bases distant (Type II restriction endonucleases). (For the avoidance of doubt, such sites are deemed to be present even if the primer and its complement are required to be present in a double stranded molecule for recognition and/or cleavage to occur.) Alternatively a cleavage site and/or a recognition site may be produced when a primer is extended. In any event, restriction endonucleases can be useful in allowing an immobilised nucleic acid molecule within a colony to be cleaved so as to release at least a part thereof. As an alternative to using other restriction endonucleases, ribozymes can be used to release at least parts of nucleic acid molecules from a surface (when such molecules are RNA molecules). Other methods are possible. For example if a covalent bond is used to link a primer to a surface this bond may be broken (e.g. by chemical, physical or enzymatic means).
  • Primers for use in the present invention are preferably at least five bases long. Normally they will be less than 100 or less than 50 bases long. However this is not essential. Naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring bases may be present in the primers.
    • Target Nucleic Acid Molecules
  • Turning now to target nucleic acid molecules (also referred to herein as “templates”) for use in the method of the present invention, these can be provided by any appropriate means. A target molecule (when in single-stranded form) comprises a first part having a sequence that can anneal with a first primer and a second part having a sequence complementary to a sequence that can anneal with a second primer. In a preferred embodiment the second part has the same sequence as the second primer.
  • The second primer may have a sequence that is the same as, or different from, the sequence of the first primer.
  • The first and second parts of the target nucleic acid molecules are preferably located at the 3′ and at the 5′ ends respectively thereof. However this is not essential. The target molecule will usually also comprise a third part located between the first and second parts. This part of the molecule comprises a particular sequence to be replicated. It can be from any desired source and may have a known or unknown (sometimes referred to as “anonymous”) sequence. It may be derived from random fractionation by mechanical means or by limited restriction enzyme digestion of a nucleic acid sample, for example.
  • Further parts of the target molecules may be provided if desired. For example parts designed to act as tags may be provided. A “tag” is defined by its function of enabling a particular nucleic acid molecule (or its complement) to be identified.
  • Whatever parts are present, target nucleic acid molecules can be provided by techniques known to those skilled in the art of nucleic acid manipulation. For example, two or more parts can be joined together by ligation. If necessary, prior to ligation appropriate modifications can be made to provide molecules in a form ready for ligation. For example if blunt end ligation is desired then a single-strand specific exonuclease such as S1 nuclease could be used to remove single stranded portions of molecules prior to ligation. Linkers and/or adapters may also be used in nucleic acid manipulation. (Techniques useful for nucleic acid manipulation are disclosed in Sambrook et al, Molecular Cloning, 2nd Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press (1989), for example.)
  • Once a template molecule has been synthesised it can be cloned into a vector and can be amplified in a suitable host before being used in the present invention. It may alternatively be amplified by PCR. As a further alternative, batches of template molecules can be synthesised chemically using automated DNA synthesisers (e.g. from Perkin-Elmer/Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.).
  • It is however important to note that the present invention allows large numbers of nucleic acid molecules identical in sequence to be provided in a colony arising from a single molecule of template. Furthermore, the template can be re-used to generate further colonies. Thus it is not essential to provide large numbers of template molecules to be used in colony formation.
  • The template can be of any desired length provided that it can participate in the method of the present invention. Preferably it is at least 10, more preferably at least 20 bases long. More preferably it is at least 100 or at least 1000 bases long. As is the case for primers for use in the present invention, templates may comprise naturally occurring and/or non-naturally occurring bases.
    • Reaction Conditions
  • Turning now to reaction conditions suitable for the method of the present invention, it will be appreciated that the present invention uses repeated steps of annealing of primers to templates, primer extension and separation of extended primers from templates. These steps can generally be performed using reagents and conditions known to those skilled in PCR (or reverse transcriptase plus PCR) techniques. PCR techniques are disclosed, for example, in “PCR: Clinical Diagnostics and Research”, published in 1992 by Springer-Verlag.
  • Thus a nucleic acid polymerase can be used together with a supply of nucleoside triphosphate molecules (or other molecules that function as precursors of nucleotides present in DNA/RNA, such as modified nucleoside triphosphates) to extend primers in the presence of a suitable template.
  • Excess deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates are desirably provided. Preferred deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates are abbreviated; dTTP (deoxythymidine nucleoside triphosphate), dATP (deoxyadenosine nucleoside triphosphate), dCTP (deoxycytosine nucleoside triphosphate) and dGTP (deoxyguanosine nucleoside triphosphate). Preferred ribonucleoside triphosphates are UTP, ATP, CTP and GTP. However alternatives are possible. These may be naturally or non-naturally occurring. A buffer of the type generally used in PCR reactions may also be provided.
  • A nucleic acid polymerase used to incorporate nucleotides during primer extension is preferably stable under the pertaining reaction conditions in order that it can be used several times. (This is particularly useful in automated amplification procedures.) Thus, where heating is used to separate a newly synthesised nucleic acid strand from its template, the nucleic acid polymerase is preferably heat stable at the temperature used. Such heat stable polymerases are known to those skilled in the art. They are obtainable from thermophilic micro-organisms. They include the DNA dependent DNA polymerase known as Taq polymerase and also thermostable derivatives thereof. (The nucleic acid polymerase need not however be DNA dependent. It may be RNA dependent. Thus it may be a reverse transcriptase—i.e. an RNA dependent DNA polymerase.)
  • Typically, annealing of a primer to its template takes place at a temperature of 25 to 90° C. Such a temperature range will normally be maintained during primer extension. Once sufficient time has elapsed to allow annealing and also to allow a desired degree of primer extension to occur, the temperature can be increased, if desired, to allow strand separation. At this stage the temperature will typically be increased to a temperature of 60 to 100° C. [High temperatures can also be used to reduce non-specific priming problems prior to annealing. They can be used to control the timing of colony initiation, e.g. in order to synchronise colony initiation for a number of samples.] Alternatively, the strands maybe separated by treatment with a solution of low salt and high pH (>12) or by using a chaotropic salt (e.g. guanidinium hydrochloride) or by an organic solvent (e.g. formamide).
  • Following strand separation (e.g. by heating), preferably a washing step will be performed. The washing step can be omitted between initial rounds of annealing, primer extension and strand separation, if it is desired to maintain the same templates in the vicinity of immobilised primers. This allows templates to be used several times to initiate colony formation. (It is preferable to provide a high concentration of template molecules initially so that many colonies are initiated at one stage.)
  • The size of colonies can be controlled, e.g. by controlling the number of cycles of annealing, primer extension and strand separation that occur. Other factors which affect the size of colonies can also be controlled. These include the number and arrangement on a surface of immobilised primers, the conformation of a support onto which the primers are immobilised, the length and stiffness of template and/or primer molecules, temperature and the ionic strength and viscosity of a fluid in which the above-mentioned cycles can be performed.
    • Uses of Colonies
  • Once colonies have been formed they can be used for any desired purpose.
  • For example, they may be used in nucleic acid sequencing (whether partial or full), in diagnosis, in screening, as supports for other components and/or for research purposes (preferred uses will be described in greater detail later on). If desired colonies may be modified to provide different colonies (referred to herein as “secondary colonies” in order to distinguish from the “primary colonies” initially formed).
    • Surfaces Comprising Immobilised Nucleic Acid Strands
  • A surface comprising immobilised nucleic acid strands in the form of colonies of single stranded nucleic acid molecules is also within the scope of the present invention.
  • Normally each immobilised nucleic acid strand within a colony will be located on the surface so that an immobilised and complementary nucleic acid strand thereto is located on the surface within a distance of the length of said immobilised nucleic acid strand (i.e. within the length of one molecule). This allows very high densities of nucleic acid strands and their complements to be provided in immobilised form. Preferably there will be substantially equal proportions of a given nucleic acid strand and its complement within a colony. A nucleic acid strand and its complement will preferably be substantially homogeneously distributed within the colony.
  • It is also possible to provide a surface comprising single stranded nucleic acid strands in the form of colonies, where in each colony, the sense and anti-sense single strands are provided in a form such that the two strands are no longer at all complementary, or simply partially complementary. Such surfaces are also within the scope of the present invention. Normally, such surfaces are obtained after treating primary colonies, e.g., by partial digestion by restriction enzymes or by partial digestion after strand separation (e.g., after heating) by an enzyme which digests single stranded DNA), or by chemical or physical means, (e.g., by irradiating with light colonies which have been stained by an intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide).
  • Once single stranded colonies have been provided they can be used to provide double stranded molecules. This can be done, for example, by providing a suitable primer (preferably in solution) that hybridises to the 3′ ends of single stranded immobilised molecules and then extending that primer using a nucleic acid polymerase and a supply of nucleoside triphosphates (or other nucleotide precursors).
  • Thus surfaces comprising colonies of non-bridged double stranded nucleic acid molecules are also within the scope of the present invention. (The term “non-bridged” is used here to indicate that the molecules are not in the form of the bridge-like structures shown in e.g. FIG. 1 h.)
  • Using the present invention, small colonies can be provided that contain large numbers of nucleic acid molecules (whether single or double stranded). Many colonies can therefore be located on a surface having a small area. Colony densities that can be obtained may therefore be very high, as discussed supra.
  • Different colonies will generally be comprised of different amplified nucleic acid strands and amplified complementary strands thereto. Thus the present invention allows many different populations of amplified nucleic acid molecules and their complements to be located on a single surface having a relatively small surface area. The surface will usually be planar, although this is not essential.
    • Apparatuses
  • The present invention also provides an apparatus for providing a surface comprising colonies of the immobilised nucleic acid molecules discussed supra.
  • Such an apparatus can include one or more of the following:
    • a) means for immobilising primers on a surface (although this is not needed if immobilised primers are already provided);
    • b) a supply of a nucleic acid polymerase;
    • c) a supply of precursors of the nucleotides to be incorporated into a nucleic acid (e.g. a supply of nucleoside triphosphates);
    • d) means for separating annealed nucleic acids (e.g. heating means); and
    • e) control means for co-ordinating the different steps required for the method of the present invention.
  • Other apparatuses are within the scope of the present invention. These allow immobilised nucleic acids produced via the method of the present invention to be analysed. They can include a source of reactants and detecting means for detecting a signal that may be generated once one or more reactants have been applied to the immobilised nucleic acid molecules. They may also be provided with a surface comprising immobilised nucleic acid molecules in the form of colonies, as described supra.
  • Desirably the means for detecting a signal has sufficient resolution to enable it to distinguish between signals generated from different colonies.
  • Apparatuses of the present invention (of whatever nature) are preferably provided in automated form so that once they are activated, individual process steps can be repeated automatically.
  • The present invention will now be described without limitation thereof in sections A to I below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
  • It should be appreciated that procedures using DNA molecules referred to in these sections are applicable mutatis mutandis to RNA molecules, unless the context indicates otherwise.
  • It should also be appreciated that where sequences are provided in the following description, these are written from 5′ to 3′ (going from left to right), unless the context indicates otherwise.
  • The figures provided are summarised below:
  • FIGS. 1A and 1B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using a single type of primer.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates how colony growth using a method of the present invention can occur.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the principle of the method used to produce DNA colonies using the present invention. It also illustrates the annealing, elongation and denaturing steps that are used to provide such colonies.
  • FIG. 4 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafted onto a surface.
  • FIG. 5 is an example of DNA colonies formed by amplification of a specific template with single primers grafter onto a surface.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate a method for the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules using two types of primer.
  • FIG. 7 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 shows actual DNA colonies produced via the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate a method of the simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acid molecules when a target molecule is used as a template having internal sequences that anneal with primers.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate a method to synthesise additional copies of the original nucleic acid strands using nucleic acid strands present in colonies. The newly synthesised strands are shown in solution but can be provided in immobilised form if desired.
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B show the PCR amplification of DNA from DNA found in the pre-formed DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 12A-C illustrate how secondary primers can be generated from DNA colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate how secondary DNA colonies can be generated from secondary primers.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B illustrate how primers with different sequences can be generated from a surface functionalised with existing primers.
  • FIG. 15 depicts methods of preparing DNA fragments suitable for generating DNA colonies.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a method for synthesising cRNA using the DNA colony as a substrate for RNA polymerase.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a preferable method to determine the DNA sequence of DNA present in individual colonies.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a method of determining the sequence of a DNA colony, de novo.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the utility of secondary DNA colonies in the assay of mRNA expression levels.
  • FIGS. 20 and 21 illustrates the use of the secondary DNA colonies in the isolation and identification of novel and rare expressed genes.
    • A. Scheme Showing the Simultaneous Amplification and Immobilisation of Nucleic Acid Molecules Using a Single Type of Primer
  • Referring now to FIG. 1 a), a surface is provided having attached thereto a plurality of primers (only one primer is shown for simplicity). Each primer (1) is attached to the surface by a linkage indicated by a dark block. This may be a covalent or a non-covalent linkage but should be sufficiently strong to keep a primer in place on the surface. The primers are shown having a short nucleotide sequence (5′-ATT). In practice however longer sequences would generally be provided.
  • FIG. 1 b) shows a target molecule (II) that has annealed to a primer. The target molecule comprises at its 3′ end a sequence (5′-ATT) that is complementary to the primer sequence (5′-ATT). At its 5′ end the target molecule comprises a sequence (5′-ATT) that is the same as the primer sequence (although exact identity is not required).
  • Between the two ends any sequence to be amplified (or the complement of any sequence to be amplified) can be provided. By way of example, part of the sequence to be amplified has been shown as 5′-CCG.
  • In FIG. 1 c) primer extension is shown. Here a DNA polymerase is used together with dATP, dTTP, dGTP and dCTP to extend the primer (5′-ATT) from its 3′ end, using the target molecule as a template.
  • When primer extension is complete, as shown in FIG. 1 d), it can be seen that an extended immobilised strand (III) is provided that is complementary to the target molecule. The target molecule can then be separated from the extended immobilised strand (e.g. by heating, as shown in FIG. 1)). This separation step frees the extended, immobilised strand so that it can then be used to initiate a subsequent round of primer extension, as shown in FIGS. 1 f) and 1 g) Here the extended, immobilised strand bends over so that one end of that strand (having the terminal sequence 5′-AAT) anneals with another primer (2,5′-ATT), as shown in FIG. 1 f). That primer provides a 3′ end from which primer extension can occur, this time using the extended, immobilised strand as a template. Primer extension is shown occurring in FIG. 1 g) and is shown completed in FIG. 1 h).
  • FIG. 1 i) shows the two extended immobilised strands that were shown in FIG. 1 h) after separation from one another (e.g. by heating). Each of these strands can then themselves be used as templates in further rounds of primer extension initiated from new primers (3 and 4), as shown in FIGS. 1 j) and 1 k). Four single stranded, immobilised strands can be provided after two rounds of amplification followed by a strand separation step (e.g. by heating), as shown in FIG. 1 l). Two of these have sequences corresponding to the sequence of the target molecule originally used as a template. The other two have sequences complementary to the sequence of the target molecule originally used as a template. (In practice a given immobilised strand and its immobilised complement may anneal once.)
  • It will therefore be appreciated that a given sequence and its complement can be provided in equal numbers in immobilised form and can be substantially homogeneously distributed within a colony.
  • Further rounds of amplification beyond those shown in FIG. 1 can of course be performed so that colonies comprising large numbers of a given single stranded nucleic acid molecule and a complementary strand thereto can be provided. Only a single template need be used to initiate each colony, although, if desired, a template can be reused to initiate several colonies.
  • It will be appreciated that the present invention allows very high densities of immobilised extended nucleic acid molecules to be provided. Within a colony each extended immobilised molecule will be located at a surface within one molecule length of another extended immobilised molecule. Thus position 3 shown in FIG. 1 l) is within one molecule length of position 1; position 1 is within one molecule length of position 2; and position 2 is within one molecule length of position 4.
  • FIG. 2 is provided to illustrate how colony growth can occur (using the method described with reference to FIG. 1 and to FIG. 6 or any other method of the present invention for providing immobilised nucleic acid molecules).
  • A flat plate is shown schematically in plan view having primers immobilised thereon in a square grid pattern (the primers are indicated by small dots). A regular grid is used solely for simplicity: in many real cases, the positions of the primers might indeed be less ordered or random.
  • At the position indicated by arrow X a template molecule has annealed to a primer and an initial bout of primer extension has occurred to provide an immobilised, extended nucleic acid strand. Following strand separation, an end of that strand becomes free to anneal to further primers so that additional immobilised, extended nucleic acid strands can be produced. This is shown having occurred sequentially at positions indicated by the letter Y. For simplicity, the primer chosen for annealing is positioned next to the primer carrying the nucleic acid strand: in real cases, the nucleic acid strand could anneal with a primer which is not its next nearest neighbour. However, this primer will obviously be within a distance equal to the length of the nucleic acid strand.
  • It will be appreciated that annealing at only one (rather than at all) of these positions is required for colony cell growth to occur.
  • After immobilised, extended, single-stranded nucleic acid molecules have been provided at the positions indicated by letter Y, the resultant molecules can themselves anneal to other primers and the process can be continued to provide a colony comprising a large number of immobilised nucleic acid molecules in a relatively small area.
  • FIG. 3 shows a simplified version of the annealing, elongation and denaturing cycle. It also depicts the typical observations that can be made, as can be seen on the examples shown in FIGS. 4 and 6. The simultaneous amplification and immobilisation of nucleic acids using solid phase primers has been successfully achieved using the procedure described in Examples 1, 2 and 3 below:
    • Example 1
  • Oligonucleotides, phosphorylated at their 5′-termini (Microsynth GmbH, Switzerland), were grafted onto Nucleolink plastic microtitre wells (Nunc, Roskilde, Denmark). The sequence of the oligonucleotide p57 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTCACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACC (SEQ ID NO:1) and p58 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTAGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:2). Microtitre wells with p57 or p58 were prepared as follows. In each Nucleolink well, 30 μl of a 160 nM solution of the oligonucleotide in 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals, St. Louis, Mo.) was added. To each well, 10 μl of 40 mM 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals) in 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole, was added to the solution of oligonucleotides. The wells were then sealed and incubated at 50° C. overnight. After the incubation, wells were rinsed twice with 200 μl of RS (0.4N NaOH, 0.25% Tween 20 (Fluka Chemicals, Switzerland)), incubated 15 minutes with 200 μl RS, washed twice with 200 μl RS and twice with 200 μl TNT (100 roM TrisHCl pH7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% Tween 20). Tubes were dried at 50° C. and were stored in a sealed plastic bag at 4° C.
  • Colony generation was initiated in each well with 15 μl of priming mix; 1 nanogram template DNA (where the template DNA began with the sequence 5′-AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 3) and terminated at the 3′-end with the sequence CCCTTTCCCTTTCCTTCTCCTTCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO:4), the four dNTPs (0.2 mM), 0.1% BSA (bovine serum albumin, Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany), 0.1% Tween 20, 8% DMSO (dimethylsulfoxide, Fluka Chemicals, Switzerland), 1× Amplitaq PCR buffer and 0.025 units/μl of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.). The priming reaction was a single round of PCR under the following conditions; 94° C. for 4 minutes, 60° C. for 30 seconds and 72° C. for 45 seconds in a thermocycler (PTC 200, MJ Research, Watertown, Mass.). Then 100 μl TE buffer (10 mM trisHCl, pH 7.5, 1 mM EDTA) was used in three successive one minute long washes at 94° C. The DNA colonies were then formed by adding to each well, 20 μl of polymerisation mix, which was identical to the priming mix but lacking the template DNA. The wells were then placed in the PTC 200 thermocycler and colony growing was performed by incubating the sealed wells 4 minutes at 94° C. and cycling for 50 repetitions the following conditions: 94° C. for 45 seconds, 65° C. for 2 minutes, 72° C. for 45 seconds. After completion of this program, the wells were kept at 8° C. until further use.
  • A 640 base pair fragment corresponding to the central sequence of the template (but not including the 5′-AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO: 3) sequence) was amplified PCR. The isolated fragment was labeled with biotin-N4-dCTP (NEN Life Sciences, Boston, Mass.) and a trace of [α-32p]dCTP (Amersham, UK) using the Prime-it II labeling kit (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.) to generate a biotinylated probe.
  • The biotinylated probe was diluted in to a concentration of 2.5 nM in EasyHyb (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany) and 15 μl was hybridized to each sample with the following temperature scheme (PTC 200 thermocycler): 94° C. for 5 minutes, followed by 500 steps of 0.1° C. decrease in temperature every 12 seconds (in other words, the temperature is decreased down to 45° C. in 100 minutes). The samples are then washed as follows; 1 time with 2×SSC/0.1% SDS (2×SSC; 0.3M NaCl/0.03M sodium citrate pH7.0/0.001 mg/ml sodium dodecyl sulfate) at room temperature, once with 2×SSC/0.1% SDS at 37° C. and once with 0.2×SSC/0.1% SDS at 50° C. The wells are then incubated for 30 minutes with 50 μl of red fluorescent, Neutravidin-coated, 40 nm FluoSpheres® (580 nm excitation and 605 nm emission, Molecular Probes Inc., Eugene, Oreg.) in TNT/0.1% BSA. (The solution of microspheres is made from a dilution of 2 μl of the stock solution of microspheres into 1 ml of TNT/0.1% BSA, which is then sonicated for 5 minutes in a 50 W ultra-sound water-bath (Elgasonic, Switzerland), followed by filtration through a 0.22 μm filter (Millex GV4). The wells are then counted (Cherenkov) on a Microbeta plate scintillation counted (WALLAC, Turku, Finland).
  • Excess FluoSpheres® are removed by washing for min in TNT/0.1% BSA at room temperature. Images of the stained samples are observed using a 20× objective on an inverted microscope (Axiovert S100TV, Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) equipped with a Micromax 512×768 CCD camera (Princeton instruments, Trenton, N.J.) through a XF43 filter set (PB546/FT580/LP590, Omega Optical, Brattleboro, Vt.) with a 5 second exposure.
  • FIGS. 4 and 5 show the hybridisation results for colony generation on tubes functionalised with either: FIG. 4 oligonucleotide p57 or FIG. 5 oligonucleotide pS8. The control reaction shows very few fluorescent spots, since the sequence of the flanking regions on the template do not correspond to the primer sequences grafted onto the well. In contrast, FIG. 5 shows the number of fluorescent spots detected when the primers grafted to the wells match the flanking sequences on the initiating DNA template. Calculating the number of fluorescent spots detected and taking into consideration the magnification, we can estimate that there are between 3 and 5×107 colonies/cm2. The photos are generated by the program, Winview 1.6.2 (Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.) with backgrounds and intensities normalised to the same values.
    • B) Scheme Showing the Simultaneous Amplification and Immobilisation of Nucleic Acid Molecules Using Two Different Types of Primer
  • Referring now to FIGS. 6A and 6B, another embodiment of the present invention is illustrated. Here two different immobilised primers are used to provide primer extension.
  • In this embodiment the target molecule shown is provided with a nucleotide sequence at its 3′ end (AAT-3′) that is complementary to the sequence of a first primer, (5′-ATT, I), which is grafted on the surface, so that annealing with that primer can occur. The sequence (5′-GGT) at the 5′ end of the target molecule, III, corresponds to the sequence (5′-GGT) of a second primer, II, which is also grafted to the surface, so that the sequence which is complementary to the sequence at the 5′ end can anneal with that said second primer. Generally said complementary sequence (5′-ACC) is chosen so that it will not anneal with the first primer (5′-ATT). Unlike the situation described in section A, once the 3′ end of a newly synthesised strand anneals to a primer on the surface, it will have to find a primer whose sequence is different from the sequence it carries at its 5′ end (see the difference between FIGS. 1A, (f) and 6A (f)).
  • The embodiment shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B have an advantage over the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1 since the possibility of one end of a single stranded target molecule annealing with another end of the same molecule in solution can be avoided and therefore amplification can proceed further. The possibility of annealing occurring between both ends of an immobilised complement to a target molecule can also be avoided.
    • Example 2
  • A mix of two oligonucleotides which are phosphorylated at the 5′-end (Microsynth GmbH, Balgach, Switzerland) have been grafted on 96 well Nucleolink plates (Nunc, Denmark) as recommended by the manufacturer. The resulting plates has been stored dry at 4° C. The sequence of the primer, P1, was 5′-GCGCGTAATACGACTCACTA (SEQ ID NO:5), the sequence of the other primer, P2, was 5′-CGCAATTAACCCTCACTAAA (SEQ ID NO 6). These plates are specially formulated by Nunc, allowing the covalent grafting of 5′ phosphorylated DNA fragments through a standard procedure.
  • A template has been cloned in a vector (pBlueScript Skminus, Stratagene Inc, San Diego, Calif.) with the appropriate DNA sequence at the cloning site (i.e., corresponding to P1 and P2 at position 621 and 794 respectively), and 174 by long linear double stranded DNA template has been obtained by PCR amplification, using P1 and P2. The template PCR product has been purified on Qiagen Qia-quick columns (Qiagen GmbH, Hilden, Germany) in order to remove the nucleotides and the primers used during the PCR amplification.
  • The purified template (in 50 μl solution containing 1×PCR buffer (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.) with the four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (dNTPs) at 0.2 mM, (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) and 2.5 units of AmpliTaq Gold DNA polymerase (Perkin Elmer, Foster City, Calif.)} has been spread on the support, i.e. on the Nucleolink plates grafted with P1 and P2 (the plates have been rinsed with a solution containing 100 mM TRIS-HCl (pH 7.5), 150 mM NaCl and 0.1% Tween 20 (Fluka, Switzerland) at room temperature for 15 min}. This solution has been incubated at 93° C. for 9 minutes to activate the DNA polymerase and then 60 cycles (94° C./30 sec., 48° C./30 sec., 72° C./30 sec.) have been performed on a PTC 200 thermocycler. Several different concentrations of PCR template have been tested (approximately 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625 ng/μl) and for each sample a control reaction carried out without Taq polymerase has been performed (same conditions as above but without DNA polymerase).
  • Each sample has been stained with YO-PRO (Molecular Probes, Portland Oreg.), a highly sensitive stain for double stranded DNA. The resulting products have been observed on a confocal microscope using a 40× objective (LSM 410, Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) with appropriate excitation (an 488 argon laser) and detection filters (510 low pass filter) (note: the bottom of each well is flat and allows observation with an inverted fluorescence microscope).
  • In FIG. 7, the control well (without added DNA template, panel a) shows only rare objects which can be observed on a blank surface these objects were useful at this stage for reporting that the focus was correct). These objects have an irregular shape, are 20 to 100 micro-meters in size and have a thickness much larger than the field depth of the observation. In a well where DNA polymerase was present (FIG. 7, panel ii), in addition to the objects of irregular shape observed in the control well, a great number of fluorescent spots can be observed. They present a circular shape, they are 1 to 5 micro meters in size and do not span the field of view. The number of spots depends on the concentration of the template used for initiating colony formation. From the observed size of the colonies, one can estimate that more than 10,000 distinct colonies can be arrayed within 1 mm2 of support.
    • Example 3
  • Oligonucleotides (Microsynth GmbH, Switzerland) were grafted onto Nucleolink wells (Nunc, Denmark). Oligonucleotide PI corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTCTCACTATAGGGCGAATTGG (SEQ ID NO:7) and oligonucleotide P2 corresponds to 5′-TTTTTTCTCACTAAAGGGAACAAAAGCTGG (SEQ ID NO:8). In each Nucleolink well, a 45 μl of 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals, St. Louis, Mo.) solution containing 360 fmol of P1 and 360 fmol of P2 was added. To each well, 15 μl of 40 mM 1-ethyl-3-(3dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals) in 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole, was added to the solution of oligonucleotides. The wells were then sealed and incubated at 50° C. for 16 hours. After the incubation, wells have been rinsed twice with 200 μl of RS (0.4N NaOH, 0.25% Tween 20), incubated 15 minutes with 200 μl RS, washed twice with 200 μl RS, and twice with 200 μl TNT (100 mM Tris/HCl pH7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% Tween 20), before they are put to dry at 50° C. in an oven. The dried tubes were stored in a sealed plastic bag at 4° C.
  • Colony growing was initiated in each well with 15 μl of initiation mix (1×PCR buffer, 0.2 mM dNTPs and 0.75 units of AmpliTaq Gold DNA polymerase, 20 nanograms of template DNA, where the template DNA was either S1 DNA or S2 DNA or a mixture of different ratios of S1 DNA and S2 DNA, as indicated in discussion to FIG. 6B. S1 and 52 are 704 base pair and 658 bp fragments, respectively, which have been cloned into pBlueScript Skminus plasmids and subsequently amplified through a PCR using P1 and P2 as primers. The fragments were purified on Qiagen Qia-quick columns (QIAGEN GmbH, Germany) in order to remove the nucleotides and the primers.
  • Each well was sealed with Cycleseal™ (Robbins Scientific Corp., Sunnyvale, Calif.), and incubated at 93° C. for 9 minutes, 65° C. for 5 minutes and 72° C. for 2 minutes and back to 93° C. Then 200 μl TNT solution was used in three successive one minute long washes at 93° C. The initiation mix was then replaced by 15 μl growing mix (same as initiation mix, but without template DNA), and growing was performed by incubating the sealed wells 9 minutes at 93° C. and repeating 40 times the following conditions: 93° C. for 45 seconds, 65° C. for 3 minutes, 72° C. for 2 minutes. After completion of this program, the wells were kept at 6° C. until further use. The temperature control was performed in a PTC 200 thermo-cycler, using the silicon pad provided in the Nucleolink kit and the heated (104° C.) lid of the PTC 200.
  • A 640base pair fragment corresponding to the central sequence of the S1 fragment, but not including the P1 or P2 sequence was amplified by PCR as previously described. The probe was labelled with biotin-16-dUTP (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany) using the Prime-it II random primer labelling kit (Stratagene, San Diego, Calif.) according to the manufacturers instructions.
  • The biotinylated probes were hybridized to the samples in EasyHyb buffer (Boehringer-Mannheim, Germany), using the following temperature scheme (in the PTC 200 thermocycler): 94° C. for 5 minutes, followed by 68 steps of 0.5° C. decrease in temperature every 30 seconds (in other words, the temperature is decreased down to 60° C. in 34 minutes), using sealed wells. The samples are then washed 3 times with 200 μl of TNT at room temperature. The wells are then incubated for 30 minutes with 50 μl TNT containing 0.1 mg/ml BSA. Then the wells are incubated 5 minutes with 15 μl of solution of red fluorescent, Neutravidin-coated, 40 nm FluoSpheres® (580 nm excitation and 605 nm emission, Molecular Probes, Portland, Oreg.). The solution of microspheres is made of 2 μl of the stock solution of microspheres, which have been sonicated for 5 minutes in a 50 W ultra-sound water-bath (Elgasonic, Bienne, Switzerland), diluted in 1 ml of TNT solution containing 0.1 mg/ml BSA and filtered with Millex GV4 0.22 μm pore size filter (Millipore, Bedford, Mass.).
  • The stained samples are observed using an inverted Axiovert 10 microscope using a 20× objective (Carl Zeiss AG, Oberkochen, Germany) equipped with a Micromax 512×768 CCD camera (Princeton Instruments, Trenton, N.J.), using a XF43 filter set (PB546/FT580/LP590, Omega Optical, Brattleboro, Vt.), and 10 seconds of light collection. The files are converted to TIFF format and processed in the suitable software (PhotoPaint, Corel Corp., Ottawa, Canada). The processing consisted in inversion and linear contrast enhancement, in order to provide a picture suitable for black and white print-out on a laser printer.
  • FIG. 8 shows the results for 3 different ratios of the S1/S2 templates used in the initiating reaction: i) the S1/S2 is 1/0, many spots can be observed, ii) the S1/S2 is 1/10, and the number of spots is approximately 1/10 of the number of spots which can be observed in the i) image, as expected, and iii) the S1/S2 is 0/1, and only a few rare spots can be seen.
    • C. Scheme Showing Simultaneous Amplification and Immobilisation of Nucleic Acid Molecules when the Target Molecule Contains Internal Sequences Complementary to the Immobilised Primers
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B are provided to show that the sequences shown at the 5′ and 3′ ends of the target molecule illustrated in FIGS. 1A, 1B, 6A, and 6B need not be located at the ends of a target molecule.
  • A target nucleic acid molecule (II) may have a sequence at each (or either) end that is neither involved in annealing with a primer nor in acting as a template to provide a complementary sequence that anneals with a primer (sequence 5′-AAA and sequence S′-CCC). One of the internal sequences (5′-AAT) is used as a template to synthesise a complementary sequence, III, thereto (5′-TTT), as is clear from FIG. 9A, (a) to (e).
  • The sequence 5′-TTT is not however itself used to provide a sequence complementary thereto, as is clear from FIGS. 9A (f) to (h) and FIG. 9B (i) to (k). It can be seen from FIG. 9B, (l) that only one of the four immobilised strands shown after two rounds of primer extension and a strand separation step comprises the additional sequence 5′-TTT and that no strand comprising a complementary sequence (5′-AAA) to this sequence is present (i.e. only one strand significantly larger than the others is present). After several rounds of amplification the strand comprising the sequence 5′-TTT will represent an insignificant proportion of the total number of extended, immobilised nucleic acid molecules present.
    • D. Using Nucleic Acid Strands Present in Colonies to Synthesise Additional Copies of Nucleic Acid Strands
  • Amplified, single stranded nucleic acid molecules present in colonies provided by the present invention can themselves be used as templates to synthesise additional nucleic acid strands.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate one method of synthesising additional nucleic acids using immobilised nucleic acids as a starting point.
  • Colonies will usually comprise both a given nucleic acid strand and its complement in immobilised form (FIG. 10A, (a)). Thus they can be used to provide additional copies not only of a given nucleic acid strand but also of its complement.
  • One way of doing this is to provide one or more primers (primers TTA and TGG) in solution that anneal to amplified, immobilised nucleic acid strands present in colonies (FIG. 10A, (c)) provided by the present invention. (These primers may be the same as primers initially used to provide the immobilised colonies, apart from being provided in free rather than immobilised form.) The original DNA colony is denatured by heat to it single-stranded form (FIG. 10A, (b)), allowing primers TTA and TGG to anneal to the available 3′ end of each DNA strand. Primer extension, using AmpliTaq DNA polymerase and the four deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates (labeled or unlabeled) can then be used to synthesise complementary strands to immobilised nucleic acid strands or at least to parts thereof (step (iii)).
  • Once newly formed strands (FIG. 10B, (d)) have been synthesised by the process described above, they can be separated from the immobilised strands to which they are hybridised (e.g. by heating). The process can then be repeated if desired using the PCR reaction, to provide large number of such strands in solution (FIG. 10B, (e)).
  • Strands synthesised in this manner, after separation from the immobilised strands, can, if desired, be annealed to one another (i.e. a given strand and its complement can anneal) to provide double-stranded nucleic acid molecules in solution. Alternatively they can be separated from one another to provide homogenous populations of single-stranded nucleic acid molecules in solution.
  • It should also be noted that once single-stranded molecules are provided in solution they can be used as templates for PCR (or reverse PCR). Therefore it is not essential to continue to use the immobilised nucleic acid strands to obtain further amplification of given strands or complementary strands thereto.
  • It should be noted that where a plurality of colonies are provided and nucleic acid strands in different colonies have different sequences, it is possible to select only certain colonies for use as templates in the synthesis of additional nucleic acid molecules. This can be done by using primers for primer extension that are specific for molecules present in selected colonies.
  • Alternatively primers can be provided to allow several or all of the colonies to be used as templates. Such primers may be a mixture of many different primers (e.g. a mixture of all of the primers originally used to provide all of the colonies, but with the primers being provided in solution rather than in immobilised form).
    • Example 4
  • Oligonucleotides (Microsynth GmbH Balgach, Switzerland) were grafted onto Nucleolink wells (Nunc, Denmark). Oligonucleotide P1 corresponds to the sequence 5′-TTTTTTTTTTCACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACC (SEQ ID NO:9) and oligonucleotide P2 corresponds to 5′-TTTTTTTTTTAGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGG (SEQ ID NO:10). In each Nucleolink well, a 45 μl of 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals) solution containing 360 fmol of P1 and 360 fmol of P2 was added. To each well, 15 μl of 40 mM 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide (pH 7.0) (Sigma Chemicals) in 10 mM 1-methyl-imidazole, was added to the solution of oligonucleotides. The wells were then sealed and incubated at 50° C. for 16 hours. After the incubation, wells have been rinsed twice with 200 μl of RS (0.4N NaOH, 0.25% Tween 20), incubated 15 minutes with 200 μl RS, washed twice with 200 μl RS, and twice with 200 μl TNT (100 mM Tris/HCl pH7.5, 1S0 mM NaCl, 0.1% Tween 20), before they are put to dry at 50° C. in an oven. The dried tubes were stored in a sealed plastic bag at 4° C.
  • Colony growing was initiated in each well with 15 μl of initiation mix (1×PCR buffer, 0.2 mM dNTPs and 0.75 units of AmpliTaq DNA polymerase, 20 nanograms of template DNA, where the template DNA was either S1 DNA or S2 DNA or a 1/1 mixture of S1 DNA and S2 DNA, as indicated in discussion to Example 3. S1 and S2 are 658 base pair and 704 b.p. fragments, respectively, which have been prepared as described in EXAMPLE 3.
  • Each well was sealed with Cycleseal™ (Robbins Scientific Corp., Sunnyvale, Calif.) and incubated at 93° C. for 9 minutes, 65° C. for 5 minutes and 72° C. for 2 minutes and back to 93° C. Then 200 μl TNT solution was used in three successive one minute long washes at 93° C. The initiation mix was then replaced by 15 μl growing mix (same as initiation mix, but without template DNA) and growing was performed by incubating the sealed wells 9 minutes at 93° C. and repeating 40 times the following conditions: 93° C. for 45 seconds, 65° C. for 3 minutes, 72° C. for 2 minutes. After completion of this program, the wells were kept at 6° C. until further use. The temperature control was performed in a PTC 200 thermo-cycler.
  • Different treatments where applied to 6 sets (A, B, C, D, E and F) of 3 wells (1, 2, 3), one prepared with template S1, one with template S1 and template S2 and one prepared with template S2 alone (yielding A1, A2, A3, . . . , F1, F2, F3). The set A was left untreated, set B has been incubated for 10 minutes with BAL-31 exonuclease (New England Biolabs, Beverly, Mass.) at 37° C. in BAL-31 buffer (BAL-31 essentially digests double stranded DNA which has both ends free), set C has been incubated for 10 minutes with S1 nuclease (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden) at 37° C. in S1-buffer (S1 nuclease essentially digests single stranded DNA), set D, E and F have been incubated with both BAL-31 and S1 nucleases Reactions were stopped by rinsing the wells with TNT buffer.
  • PCR (25 cycles, 30 sec. at 94° C., 45 sec. at 60° C., 45 sec. at 72° C.) has been performed in the Nucleolink wells with 0.25 μM primers P70 (5′-CACCAACCCAAACCAACCCAAACCACGACTCACTATAGGGCGAA (SEQ ID NO:11)) and P71 (5′AGAAGGAGAAGGAAAGGGAAAGGGTAAAGGGAACAAAAGCTGGA (SEQ ID NO:12)) in solution in sets A, B, C and D. P70 and P71 are suited for the amplification of both S1 and S2, since primer P70 contains the sequence of primer P1 and p71 contains P2. In the set E wells, PCR has been performed with a set of forward (P150, 5′-GGTGCTGGTCCTCAGTCTGT (SEQ ID NO:13)) and reverse (P151, 5′-CCCGCTTACCAGTTTCCATT (SEQ ID NO:14)) primers which are within S1 and not within S2 so as to produce a 321 by PCR product, and in the set F wells, PCR has been performed with a set of forward (P152, 5′-CTGGCCTTATCCCTAACAGC (SEQ ID NO:15)) and reverse (P153, 5′-CGATCTTGGCTCATCACAAT (SEQ ID NO:16)) primers which are within S2 and not within S1 so as to produce a 390 by PCR product. For each of the 18 PCR reactions, 3 μl of solution have been used for gel electrophoresis on 1% agarose in presence of 0.1 μg/ml ethidium-bromide. The pictures of the gels are presented in FIGS. 11A and 11B. These pictures show that DNA in the colonies is protected from exonuclease digestion (sets B, C and D as compared to set A), and that both S1 and S2 can be recovered either simultaneously using P1 and P2 (sets A, B, C and D) or specifically (set E and F). In set E and F, where the shorter PCR products are more efficiently amplified than the longer PCR products in sets A, B, C, D, a cross-contamination between the S1 and S2 templates is detectable (see lane E2 and F1).
    • E. Provision of Secondary Colonies
  • It is also possible to modify initially formed colonies to provide different colonies (i.e. to provide colonies comprising immobilised nucleic acid molecules with different sequences from those molecules present in the initially formed colonies). Here, the initially formed colonies are referred to as “primary colonies” and the later formed colonies as “secondary colonies”. A preliminary procedure is necessary to turn the primary colonies into “secondary primers” which will be suitable for secondary colony generation.
  • FIGS. 12A, 12B, and 12C shows how ‘secondary primers’ are generated using existing primary colonies. As a starting point, the primary colony (FIG. 12A, (a)) is left in the fully hybridised, double-stranded form. A single-strand specific DNA exonuclease, might be used to remove all primers which have not been elongated. One could also choose to cap all free 3′-OH ends of primers with dideoxyribonucleotide triphosphates using a DNA terminal transferase (step (i), FIG. 12A, (b)).
  • Secondly and independently, the DNA molecules forming the colonies can be cleaved by using endonucleases. For example, a restriction enzyme that recognises a specific site within the colony (depicted by the ‘RE’ arrow in FIG. 12B, (c)) and cleaves the DNA colony (step (ii), FIG. 12B). If desired, the enzymatically cleaved colony (FIG. 12B, (d)) can then be partially digested with a 3′ to 5′ double-strand specific exonuclease (e.g. E. coli exonuclease III, depicted by ‘N’, step (iii), FIG. 12B, (d)). In any case, the secondary primers are available after denaturation (e.g., by heat) and washing (FIG. 12B, (e)).
  • Alternatively, the double stranded DNA forming the colonies (FIG. 12C, (f)) can be digested with the double-strand specific 3′-5′ exonuclease, which digest only one strand of double stranded DNA. An important case is when the exonuclease digests only a few bases of the DNA molecule before being released in solution, and when digestion can proceed when another enzyme binds to the DNA molecule (FIG. 12C, (g)). In this case the exonuclease digestion will proceed until there remain only single stranded molecules which, on average, are half the length of the starting material, and are without any complementary parts (which could form partial duplexes) remaining in the single stranded molecules in a colony (FIG. 12C, (h)).
  • In all cases, these treatments result in single-stranded fragments grafted onto a support which correspond to the sequence of the original template and that can be used for new DNA colony growing if an appropriate new template is provided for colony initiation (FIG. 12B, (e) and FIG. 12C, (h)).
  • The result of such a treatment, thus a support holding secondary primers, will be referred to as a “support for secondary colony growing”. Templates useful for secondary colony growing may include molecules having known sequences (or complements of such sequences). Alternatively templates may be derived from unsequenced molecules (e.g. random fragments). In either event the templates should be provided with one or more regions for annealing with nucleic acid strands present in the primary colonies.
  • FIGS. 13A and 13B show how a secondary colony can be generated when an appropriate template (TP, FIG. 13A, (a)) is provided for a second round of DNA colony generation on a support for secondary colony growing, holding secondary primers. In this example, treatment of the primary colony as described above has generated the secondary primers, SP1 and SP2 (FIG. 13A, (a)). The template TP, will hybridise to its complementary secondary primer, SP1, and following an extension reaction using a DNA polymerase as described, will be extended as depicted (FIG. 13A, (b)). Following a denaturing (step ii), reannealing (step iii) and DNA polymerase (step iv) cycle, a replica of the original primary colony will be formed (FIG. 13B, (e)).
  • The maximum size of a secondary colony provided by this embodiment of the present invention is restricted by the size of the primary colony onto which it grows. Several secondary growing processes can be used sequentially to create colonies for specific applications (i.e. a first colony can be replaced with a second colony, the second colony can be replaced with a third colony, etc.)
    • F. Provision of Extended Primers
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B shows how extended primers can be generated on an array of oligonucleotides. The same procedure could be applied to a support covered with colonies or secondary primers as described in section E.
  • In FIG. 14A, (a) a support is provided having a plurality of immobilised primers shown thereon. Different immobilised primers are shown present in different regions of the support (represented by squares). Primers having the sequence 5′-AAA are present in one square and primers having the sequence 5′-GGG are present in another square.
  • FIG. 14A, (b) and FIG. 14B, (c) and (d) show how the initial primers present (initial primers) are modified to give different primers (extended primers). In this example, those initial primers having the sequence 5′-AAA are modified to produce two different types of extended primers, having the sequences 5′-AAAGCC and 5′-AAATAC respectively. This is achieved by the hybridisation of oligonucleotide templates, 5′-GTATTT and 5′-GGCTTT to the primary primers immobilised on the surface (FIG. 14A, (b)), followed by DNA polymerase reaction. Those initial primers having the sequence 5′-GGG are modified to produce two different types of extended primers, having the sequences 5′-GGGTAT and 5′-GGGTAA (FIG. 14B, (d)) in a similar manner.
  • The technique of producing extended primers is useful for transforming immobilised oligonucleotides provided on a DNA chip or other surface into immobilised primers useful in amplifying a particular target nucleic acid sequence and/or in amplifying a complementary strand thereto.
    • G. Preparation of Nucleic Acid Fragments
  • Apparatuses of the present invention can be used for various procedures some of which will be described later on. Nucleic acid fragments for use in colony generation may be prepared differently for the different procedures (referred to herein as “prepared nucleic acids”). Various preparation procedures are described below:
    • (i) Preparation of Random DNA Fragments
  • Here is described a method to prepare DNA originating from one biological sample (or from a plurality of samples) for amplification in the case where it is not necessary to keep track of the origin of the DNA when it is incorporated within a colony.
  • The DNA of interest is first extracted from the biological sample and cut randomly into “small” pieces (e.g., 50 to 10,000 bases long, but preferentially 500 to 1000 base pairs in length, represented by bar ‘I’, FIG. 15, (a)). (This can be done e.g., by a phenol-chloroform extraction followed by ultrasound treatment, mechanical shearing, by partial digestion with frequent cutter restriction endonucleases or other methods known by those skilled in the art). In order to standardise experimental conditions, the extracted and cut DNA fragments can be size-fractionated, e.g., by agarose gel electrophoresis, sucrose gradient centrifugation or gel chromatography. Fragments obtained within a single fraction can be used in providing templates in order to reduce the variability in size of the templates.
  • Secondly, the extracted, cut and (optionally) sorted template DNA fragments can be ligated with oligonucleotide linkers (IIa and IIb, FIG. 15, (a)) containing the sequence of the primer(s) which have previously been grafted onto a support. This can be achieved, for instance, using “blunt-end” ligation. Alternatively, the template DNA fragments can be inserted into a biological vector at a site that is flanked by the sequence of the primers that are grafted on the support. This cloned DNA can be amplified within a biological host and extracted. Obviously, if one is working with a single primer grafted to the solid support for DNA colony formation, purifying fragments containing both P1 and P2 primers does not pose a problem.
  • Hereafter, the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process are designated by the expression: “prepared genomic DNA” (III, FIG. 15, (a)).
  • (ii) Preparation of Random DNA Fragments Originating from a Plurality of Samples
  • Here it is described how to prepare DNA originating from a plurality of biological samples in the case where it is necessary to keep track of the origin of the DNA when it is incorporated within a colony.
  • The procedure is the same as that described in the previous section except that in this case, the oligonucleotide linkers used to tail the randomly cut genomic DNA fragments are now made of two parts; the sequence of the primers grafted onto the surface (P1 and P2, FIG. 15, (b)) and a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample and which will be used for identifying the origin of the DNA colony. Note that for each sample, the tag may not be unique, but a plurality of tags could be used. Hereafter, we will designate the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process by the expression “tagged genomic DNA” (III, FIG. 15, (b)).
  • This tagging procedure can be used for providing colonies carrying a means of identification which is independent from the sequence carried by the template itself. This could also be useful when some colonies are to be recovered specifically (using the procedure given in section D). This could also be useful in the case the recovered colonies are further processed, e.g., by creating new primary colonies and a cross reference between the original colonies and the new colonies is desired.
  • (iii) Preparation of DNA Fragments Corresponding to a Plurality of DNA Sequences Originating from One Sample
  • The DNA of interest can first be extracted from a biological sample by any means known by those skilled in the art (as mentioned supra). Then the specific sequences of interest can be amplified with PCR (step (i), FIG. 15, (c)) using PCR primers (IIa and IIb) made of two parts; 1) at the 5′-end, the sequences corresponding to the sequences of primer oligonucleotide(s) that have been grafted onto a surface (P1 and P2) and 2) at the 3′-end, primer sequences specific to the sequence of interest (S1 and S2). Hereafter, we will designate the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process by the expression: “prepared DNA” (III, FIG. 15 (c)).
  • (iv) Preparation of a Plurality of DNA Fragments Originating from a Plurality of Samples
  • The procedure is the same as in the previous section except that in this case the DNA primers (IIa and IIb) used to perform the PCR amplification (step (i), FIG. 13, (D)) are now made of three parts; 1) the sequence of the primers grafted onto the surface (P1 and P2), 2) a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample and which will be used for the identifying the origin of the DNA colony and 3) primer sequences surrounding the specific sequence of interest (S1 and S2). Note that for each sample, a plurality of tags might be used, as in (ii) supra.
  • Hereafter, we will designate the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process by the expression: “tagged DNA” (III, FIG. 13, (d)). Potential uses of tags are the same as in (ii), supra.
  • (v) Preparation of mRNA
  • The procedure is similar to the procedures described for preparing DNA fragments in the previous sections except that the starting point is to extract mRNA by any means known to those skilled in the art (e.g., by use of commercially available mRNA preparation kits). The mRNA can be copied into double-stranded cDNA by any means known to those skilled in the art (e.g. by using a reverse transcriptase and a DNA polymerase). Certainly, the tags and primers described supra can be used in conjunction with the process of double-stranded cDNA synthesis to allow their incorporation into the templates. Hereafter, we will designate the mRNA fragments obtained after such suitable processes by the expressions: “prepared total mRNA” (cf. “prepared genomic DNA”, as described in section (I) supra), “tagged total mRNA”, (cf. “tagged genomic DNA”, as described in section (ii) supra), “prepared mRNA” (cf. “prepared DNA”, as described in section (iii) supra) and “tagged mRNA” (cf. “tagged DNA”, as described in section (iv) supra).
    • H. Preferred Detection Assays
  • In assay procedures of the present invention labels may be used to provide detectable signals. Examples include:
    • a) a fluorescent group or a energy-transfer based fluorescence system.
    • b) a biotin based system. In this case colonies can be incubated with streptavidin labelled with a fluorescent group or an enzyme (e.g. fluorescent latex beads coated with streptavidin; streptavidin labelled with fluorescent groups; enzymes for use with the corresponding fluorescence assay).
    • c) a system based on detecting an antigen or a fragment thereof—e.g. a hapten (including biotin and fluorescent groups). In this case colonies can be incubated with antibodies (e.g. specific for a hapten). The antibodies can be labelled with a fluorescent group or with an enzyme (e.g. fluorescent latex beads coated with the antibody; antibodies labelled with fluorescent groups; antibodies linked to an enzyme for use with a corresponding fluorescence or luminescence assay, etc.).
    • d) a radio-label (e.g. incorporated by using a 5′polynucleotide kinase and [y-32P]adenosine triphosphate or a DNA polymerase and [α-32p or α-33p) deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates to add a radioactive phosphate group(s) to a nucleic acid). Here colonies can be incubated with a scintillation liquid.
    • e) a dye or other staining agent.
  • Labels for use in the present invention are preferably attached
    • a) to nucleic acids
    • b) to proteins which bind specifically to double stranded DNA (e.g., histones, repressors, enhancers)
      and/or
    • c) to proteins which bind specifically to single stranded DNA (e.g. single-stranded nucleic acid binding protein).
  • Labelled colonies are preferably detected by:
    • a) measuring fluorescence.
    • b) measuring luminescence.
    • c) measuring radioactivity
    • d) measuring flow or electric field induced fluorescence anisotropy.
      and/or
    • e) measuring the polymer layer thickness.
  • Staining agents can be used in the present invention. Thus DNA colonies can be incubated with a suitable DNA-specific staining agent, such as the intercalating dyes, ethidium bromide, YO-YO, YO-PRO (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.). With certain staining agents the result can be observed with a suitable fluorescence imaging apparatus.
  • Examples of particular assays/procedures will now be described in greater detail:
    • I. Preferred Embodiments of Assays of the Present Invention (i) Nucleic Acid Probe Hybridisation Assay
  • DNA colonies are first prepared for hybridisation. Then they are hybridised with a probe (labelled or unlabelled). If required, the hybridised probed is assayed, and the result is observed. This can be done with an apparatus of the present invention (e.g. as described supra).
    • Preparation for Hybridisation
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention colonies are treated with a DNA restriction endonuclease which is specific either for a sequence provided by a double stranded form of one of the primers originally grafted onto the surface where colonies are formed or for another sequence present in a template DNA molecule (see e.g. FIG. 12B, (c)).
  • After restriction enzyme digestion, the colonies can be heated to a temperature high enough for double stranded DNA molecules to be separated. After this thermal denaturing step, the colonies can be washed to remove the non-hybridised, detached single-stranded DNA strands, leaving a remaining attached single-strand DNA.
  • In another embodiment the colonies can be partially digested with a double-strandspecific 3′ to 5′ DNA exonuclease (see section E, FIG. 12C, (f)) which removes one strand of DNA duplexes starting from the 3′ end, thus leaving a part of a DNA molecule in single stranded form.
  • Alternatively, DNA in colonies can first be heat denatured and then partially digested with an single-strand specific 3′ to 5′ DNA exonuclease which digests single stranded DNA starting from the 3′ end.
  • A further alternative is simply to heat denature DNA in the colonies.
    • Hybridisation of the Probe
  • Single-stranded nucleic acid probes (labelled or unlabelled) can be hybridised to single-stranded DNA in colonies at the appropriate temperature and buffer conditions (which depends on the sequence of each probe, and can be determined using protocols known to those skilled in the art).
    • Assaying of Unlabelled Hybridised Probes
  • A hybridised probe provided initially in unlabelled form can be used as a primer for the incorporation of the different (or a subset of the different) labelled (or a mix of labelled and unlabelled) deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates with a DNA polymerase. The incorporated labelled nucleotides can then be detected as described supra.
    • Cyclic Assaying of Labelled or Unlabelled Probes
  • Firstly, the DNA colonies can be prepared for hybridisation by the methods described supra. Then they can be hybridised with a probe (labelled or initially unlabelled). If required, hybridised labelled probes are assayed and the result is observed with an apparatus as described previously. The probe may then be removed by heat denaturing and a probe specific for a second DNA sequence may be hybridised and detected. These steps maybe repeated with new probes as many times as desired.
  • Secondly, the probes can be assayed as described supra for unlabelled probes, except that only a subset (preferably 1 only) of the different (labelled or unlabelled) nucleotides are used at each cycle. The colonies can then be assayed for monitoring the incorporation of the nucleotides. This second process can be repeated until a sequence of a desired length has been determined.
    • (ii) In Situ RNA Synthesis Assay
  • In this embodiment, DNA colonies can be used as templates for in situ RNA synthesis as depicted in FIG. 16, (a). DNA colonies can be generated from templates and primers, such that a RNA polymerase promoter sequence is positioned at one end of the double-stranded DNA in the colony. DNA colonies can then be incubated with RNA polymerase and the newly synthesised RNA (cRNA) can be assayed as desired. The detection can be done non-specifically (e.g., staining) or in a sequence dependent way (e.g., hybridisation).
  • The DNA template (I, FIG. 16, (a)) to be amplified into a colony is generated by peR reaction using primers (IIa and IIb) which have the following four parts; 1) sequence identical to the sequences of the primers grafted onto the surface (‘P1’ and ‘P2’), 2) a “tag” sequence which is different for each sample, a sequence corresponding to a RNA polymerase promoter, i.e. the T3, T7 and SP6 RNA promoters, (‘RPP’, FIGS. 16, (a)) and 4) primer sequences surrounding the specific sequence of interest (‘S1’ and ‘S2’). Hereafter, we will designate the DNA fragments obtained after such a suitable process by the expression: “tagged RNA synthesis DNA” (III, FIG. 16, (b)).
  • After amplification of the DNA template from the original DNA sample, these templates are used to generate DNA colonies. The DNA colonies (IV, FIG. 16, (c)) are then incubated with the RNA polymerase specific for the RNA polymerase promoter (‘RPP’, FIG. 16, (c)). This will generate a copy of RNA specific for the DNA colony template (Template-cRNA, V, FIG. 16, (d)).
  • cRNA thus synthesised can be isolated and used as hybridisation probes, as messenger RNA (mRNA) templates for in vitro protein synthesis or as templates for in situ RNA sequence analysis.
    • (iii) Methods for Sequencing
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, colonies can be analysed in order to determine sequences of nucleic acid molecules which form the colonies. Since very large numbers of the same nucleic acid molecules can be provided within each colony the reliability of the sequencing data obtained is likely to be very high.
  • The sequences determined may be full or partial. Sequences can be determined for nucleic acids present in one or more colonies. A plurality of sequences may be determined at the same time.
  • In some embodiments the sequence of a complementary strand to a nucleic acid strand to be sequenced (or of a part thereof) may be obtained initially. However this sequence can be converted using base-pairing rules to provide the desired sequence (or a part thereof). This conversion can be done via a computer or via a person. It can be done after each step of primer extension or can be done at a later stage.
  • Sequencing can be done by various methods. For example methods relying on sequential restriction endonuclease digestion and linker ligation can be used. One such method is disclosed in WO95/27080 for example. This method comprises the steps of: ligating a probe to an end of a polynucleotide, the probe having a nuclease recognition site; identifying one or more nucleotides at the end of the polynucleotide; and cleaving the polynucleotide with a nuclease recognising the nuclease recognition site of the probe such that the polynucleotide is shortened by one or more nucleotides.
  • However in a preferred method of the present invention, amplified nucleic acid molecules (preferably in the form of colonies, as disclosed herein) are sequenced by allowing primers to hybridise with the nucleic acid molecules, extending the primers and detecting the nucleotides used in primer extension. Preferably, after extending a primer by a single nucleotide, the nucleotide is detected before a further nucleotide is used in primer extension (step-by-step sequencing).
  • One or more of the nucleotides used in primer extension may be labelled. The use of labelled nucleotides during primer extension facilitates detection. (The term n label” is used in its broad sense to indicate any moiety that can be identified using an appropriate detection system. Preferably the label is not present in naturally-occurring nucleotides.) Ideally, labels are non-radioactive, such as fluorophores. However radioactive labels can be used.
  • Where nucleotides are provided in labelled form the labels may be the same for different nucleotides. If the same label is used each nucleotide incorporation can be used to provide a cumulative increase of the same signal (e.g. of a signal detected at a particular wavelength). Alternatively different labels may be used for each type of nucleotide (which may be detected at different wavelengths).
  • Thus four different labels may be provided for dATP, dTTP, dCTP and dGTP, or the same label may be provided for them all. Similarly, four different labels may be provided for ATP, UTP, CTP and GTP, or the same label may be provided for them all). In some embodiments of the present invention a mixture of labelled and unlabelled nucleotides may be provided, as will be described in greater detail later on.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the sequencing of nucleic acid molecules present in at least 2 different colonies is performed simultaneously. More preferably, sequencing of nucleic acid molecules present in over 10, over 100, over 1000 or even over 1,000,000 different colonies is performed simultaneously. Thus if colonies having different nucleic acids molecules are provided, many different sequences (full or partial) can be determined simultaneously—i.e. over 10, over 100, over 1000 or even over 1,000,000 different sequences may be determined simultaneously.
  • If desired, controls may be provided, whereby a plurality of colonies comprising the same nucleic acid molecules are provided. By 50 determining whether or not the same sequences are obtained for nucleic acid molecules in these colonies it can be ascertained whether or not the sequencing procedure is reliable.
  • One sequencing method of the present invention is illustrated in FIG. 17, which is entitled “in situ sequencing”. On prepared DNA colonies hybridised with an appropriate sequencing primer, cyclic addition of the individual deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates and DNA polymerase will allow the determination of the DNA sequence immediately 3′ to the sequencing primer. In the example outlined in FIG. 17, the addition of dGTP allows the determination of colony 1 to contain a ‘G’. In the second cycle addition of dATP is detected in both colonies, determining that both colonies have an ‘A’ in the next position. After several repetitions of the addition of single deoxyribonucleoside triphosphates, it will be possible to determine any sequence. For example sequences of at least 10, at least 20, at least 50 or at least 100 bases may be determined.
  • If colonies are provided initially in a form comprising doublestranded molecules the colonies can be processed to provide single-stranded molecules for use in sequencing as described above. (It should however be noted that double stranded molecules can be used for sequencing without such processing. For example a double stranded DNA molecule can be provided with a promoter sequence and step-bystep sequencing can then be performed using an RNA polymerase and labeled ribonucleotides (cf FIG. 16, (d))). Another alternative is for a nick to be introduced in a double stranded DNA molecule so that nick translation can be performed using labeled deoxyribonucleotides. and a DNA polymerase with 5′ to 3′ exonuclease activity.)
  • One way of processing double-stranded molecules present in colonies to provide single-stranded colonies as described later with reference to FIG. 18. Here double-stranded immobilised molecules present in a colony (which may be in the form of bridge-like structures) are cleaved and this is followed by a denaturing step. (Alternatively a denaturing step could be used initially and could be followed by a cleavage step). Preferably cleavage is carried out enzymatically. However other means of cleavage are possible, such as chemical cleavage. (An appropriate cleavage site can be provided in said molecule.) Denaturing can be performed by any suitable means. For example it may be performed by heating and/or by changing the ionic strength of a medium in the vicinity of the nucleic acid molecules.
  • Once single-stranded molecules to be sequenced are provided, suitable primers for primer extension can be hybridised thereto. Oligonucleotides are preferred as primers. These are nucleic acid molecules that are typically 6 to 60, e.g. 15 to 25 nucleotides long. They may comprise naturally and/or non-naturally occurring nucleotides. (However other molecules, e.g. longer nucleic acid strands may alternatively be used as primers, if desired.) The primers for use in sequencing preferably hybridise to the same sequences present in amplified nucleic acid molecules as do primers that were used to provide said amplified nucleic acids. (Primers having the same/similar sequences can be used for both amplification and sequencing purposes).
  • When primers are provided in solution and are annealed (hybridised) to nucleic acid molecules present in colonies to be sequenced, those primers which remain in solution or which do not anneal specifically can be removed after annealing. Preferred annealing conditions (temperature and buffer composition) prevent non-specific hybridisation. These may be stringent conditions. Such conditions would typically be annealing temperatures close to a primer's Tm (melting temperature) at a given salt concentration (e.g. 50 nM primer in 200 mM NaCl buffer at 55° C. for a 20-mer oligonucleotide with 50% GC content). (Stringent conditions for a given system can be determined by a skilled person. They will depend on the base composition, GC content, the length of the primer used and the salt concentration. For a 20 base oligonucleotide of 50% GC, calculated average annealing temperature is 55-60° C., but in practice may vary between 35 to 70° C.)
  • Primers used for primer extension need not be provided in solution, since they can be provided in immobilised form. In this embodiment the primers should be provided in the vicinity of the immobilised molecules to which they are to be annealed. (Such primers may indeed already be present as excess immobilised primers that were not used in amplifying nucleic acid molecules during the formation of colonies.)
  • The nucleic acid molecules present in colonies to be sequenced will include a sequence that hybridises to the primers to be used in sequencing (preferably under “stringent” conditions). This portion can be added to a given molecule prior to amplification (which molecule may have a totally/partially unknown sequence) using techniques known to those skilled in the art. For example it can be synthesised artificially and can be added to a given molecule using a ligase.
  • Once a nucleic acid molecule annealed to a primer is provided, primer extension can be performed. RNA or DNA polymerases can be used. DNA polymerases are however the enzymes of choice for preferred embodiments. Several of these are commercially available. Polymerases which lack 3′ to 5′ exonuclease activity can be used, such as T7 DNA polymerase or the small (Klenow) fragment of DNA polymerase I may be used [e.g. the modified T7 DNA polymerase Sequenase™ 2.0 (Amersham) or Klenow fragment (3′ to 5′ exo-, New England Biolabs)). However it is not essential to use such polymerases. Indeed, where it is desired that the polymerases have proof-reading activity polymerases lacking 3′ to 5′ exonuclease activity would not be used. Certain applications may require the use of thermostable polymerases such as ThermoSequenase™ (Amersham) or Taquenase™ (ScienTech, St Louis, Mo.). Any nucleotides may be used for primer extension reactions (whether naturally occurring or nonnaturally occurring). Preferred nucleotides are deoxyribonucleotides; dATP, dTTP, dGTP and dCTP (although for some applications the dTTP analogue dUTP is preferred) or ribonucleotides ATP, UTP, GTP and CTP; at least some of which are provided in labelled form.
  • A washing step is preferably incorporated after each primer extension step in order to remove unincorporated nucleotides that may interfere with subsequent steps. The preferred washing solution should be compatible with polymerase activity and have a salt concentration that does not interfere with the annealing of primer molecules to the nucleic acid molecules to be sequenced. (In less preferred embodiments, the washing solution may interfere with polymerase activity. Here the washing solution would need to be removed before further primer extension.)
  • Considering that many copies of molecules to be sequenced can be provided in a given colony, a combination of labelled and nonlabelled nucleotides can be used. In this case, even if a small proportion of the nucleotides are labelled (e.g. fluorescence labelled), the number of labels incorporated in each colony during primer extension can be sufficient to be detected by a detection device. For example the ratio of labelled to non-labelled nucleotides may be chosen so that, on average, labelled nucleotides are used in primer extension less than 50%, less than 20%, less than 10% or even less than 1% of the time (i.e. on average in a given primer extension step a nucleotide is incorporated in labelled form in less than 50%, less than 20%, less than 10%' 0 or less than 1% of the extended primers.)
  • Thus in a further embodiment of the present invention there is provided a method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules present in a colony of the present invention, the method comprising the steps of:
    • a) providing at least one colony comprising a plurality of single stranded nucleic acid molecules that have the same sequences as one another and that are hybridised to primers in a manner to allow primer extension in the presence of nucleotides and a nucleic acid polymerase;
    • b) providing said at least one colony with a nucleic acid polymerase and a given nucleotide in labelled and unlabelled form under conditions that allow extension of the primers if a complementary base or if a plurality of such bases is present at the appropriate position in the single stranded nucleic acid molecules present in said at least one colony;
    • c) detecting whether or not said labelled nucleotide has been used for primer extension by determining whether or not the label present on said nucleotide has been incorporated into extended primers;
  • Steps b) and c) may be repeated one or more times. Preferably a plurality of different colonies are provided and several different sequences are determined simultaneously.
  • This further embodiment of the present invention can be used to reduce costs, since relatively few labelled nucleotides are needed. It can also be used to reduce quenching effects.
  • It is however also possible to use only labelled nucleotides for primer extension or to use a major portion thereof (e.g. over 50%, over 70% or over 90% of the nucleotides used may be labelled). This can be done for example if labels are selected so as to prevent or reduce quenching effects. Alternatively labels may be removed or neutralised at various stages should quenching effects become problematic (e.g. laser bleaching of fluorophores may be performed). However this can increase the number of steps required and it is therefore preferred that labels are not removed (or at least that they are not removed after each nucleotide has been incorporated but are only removed periodically). In other less preferred embodiments, the primer itself and its extension product may be removed and replaced with another primer. If required, several steps of sequential label-free nucleotide additions may be performed before actual sequencing in the presence of labelled nucleotides is resumed. A further alternative is to use a different type of label from that used initially (e.g. by switching from fluorescein to rhodamine) should quenching effects become problematic.
  • In preferred embodiments of the present invention a plurality of labelled bases are incorporated into an extended primer during sequencing. This is advantageous in that it can speed up the sequencing procedure relative to methods in which, once a labelled base has been incorporated into an extended primer, the label must be removed before a further labelled base can be incorporated. (The plurality of labelled bases may be in the form of one or more contiguous stretches, although this is not essential.)
  • The present invention therefore also includes within its scope a method for sequencing nucleic acid molecules, comprising the steps of:
    • a) using a first colony to provide a plurality of single stranded nucleic acid molecules that have the same sequences as one another and that are hybridised to primers in a manner to allow primer extension in the presence of nucleotides and a nucleic acid polymerase;
    • b) using a second colony to provide a plurality of single stranded nucleic acid molecules that have the same sequences as one another, and that are also hybridised to primers in a manner to allow primer extension in the presence of nucleotides and a nucleic acid polymerase;
    • c) providing each colony with a nucleic acid polymerase and a given labelled nucleotide under conditions that allow extension of the primers if a complementary base or if a plurality of such bases is present at the appropriate position in the single stranded nucleic acid molecules;
    • d) detecting whether or not said labelled nucleotide has been used for primer extension at each colony by determining whether or not the label present on said nucleotide has been incorporated into extended primers;
    • e) repeating steps c) and d) one or more times so that extended primers comprising a plurality of labels are provided.
  • Preferably the sequences of the nucleic acid molecules present at said first and said locations are different from one another—i.e. a plurality of colonies comprising different nucleic acid molecules are sequenced.
  • In view of the foregoing description it will be appreciated that a large number of different sequencing methods using colonies of the present invention can be used. Various detection systems can be used to detect labels used in sequencing in these methods (although in certain embodiments detection may be possible simply by eye, 50 that no detection system is needed). A preferred detection system for fluorescent labels is a Charge-Coupled-Device (CCD) camera, which can optionally be coupled to a magnifying device. Any other device allowing detection and, preferably, also quantification of fluorescence on a surface may be used. Devices such as fluorescent imagers or confocal microscopes may be chosen.
  • In less preferred embodiments, the labels may be radioactive and a radioactivity detection device would then be required. Ideally such devices would be real-time radioactivity imaging systems. Also less preferred are other devices relying on phosphor screens (Molecular Dynamics) or autoradiography films for detection.
  • Depending on the number of colonies to be monitored, a scanning system may be preferred for data collection. (Although an alternative is to provide a plurality of detectors to enable all colonies to be covered.) Such a system allows a detector to move relative to a plurality of colonies to be analysed. This is useful when all the colonies providing signals are not within the field of view of a detector. The detector may be maintained in a fixed position and colonies to be analysed may be moved into the field of view of the detector (e.g. by means of a movable platform). Alternatively the colonies may be maintained in fixed position and the detection device may be moved to bring them into its field of view.
  • The detection system is preferably used in combination with an analysis system in order to determine the number (and preferably also the nature) of bases incorporated by primer extension at each colony after each step. This analysis may be performed immediately after each step or later on, using recorded data. The sequence of nucleic acid molecules present within a given colony can then be deduced from the number and type of nucleotides added after each step.
  • Preferably the detection system is part of an apparatus comprising other components. The present invention includes an apparatus comprising a plurality of labelled nucleotides, a nucleic acid polymerase and detection means for detecting labelled nucleotides when incorporated into a nucleic acid molecule by primer extension, the detection means being adapted to distinguish between signals provided by labelled nucleotides incorporated at different colonies.
  • The apparatus may also include temperature control, solvent delivery and washing means. It may be automated.
  • Methods of apparatuses within the scope of the present invention can be used in the sequencing of:
      • unidentified nucleic acid molecules (i.e. de novo sequencing);
      • and nucleic acid molecules which are to be sequenced to check if one or more differences relative to a known sequence are present (e.g. identification of polymorphisms). This is sometimes referred to as “re-sequencing”.
  • Both de novo sequencing and re-sequencing are discussed in greater detail later on (see the following sections (v) and (vi).
  • For de novo sequencing applications, the order of nucleotides applied to a given location can be chosen as desired. For example one may choose the sequential addition of nucleotides dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP; dATP, dTTP, dGTP, dCTP; and so on. (Generally a single order of four nucleotides would be repeated, although this is not essential.) For re-sequencing applications, the order of nucleotides to be added at each step is preferably chosen according to a known sequence.
  • Re-sequencing may be of particular interest for the analysis of a large number of similar template molecules in order to detect and identify sequence differences (e.g. for the analysis of recombinant plasmids in candidate clones after site directed mutagenesis or more importantly, for polymorphism screening in a population). Differences from a given sequence can be detected by the lack of incorporation of one or more nucleotides present in the given sequence at particular stages of primer extension. In contrast to most commonly used techniques, the present method allows for detection of any type of mutation such as point mutations, insertions or deletions. Furthermore, not only known existing mutations, but also previously unidentified mutations can be characterised by the provision of sequence information.
  • In some embodiments of the present invention long nucleic acid molecules may have to be sequenced by several sequencing reactions, each one allowing for determination of part of the complete sequence. These reactions may be carried out at different colonies (where the different colonies are each provided with the same nucleic acid molecules to be sequenced but different primers), or in successive cycles applied at the same colony (where between each cycles the primers and extension products are washed off and replaced by different primers).
    • (iv) DNA Fingerprinting
  • This embodiment of the present invention aims to solve the problem of screening a large population for the identification of given features of given genes, such as the detection of single nucleotide polymorphisms.
  • In one preferred embodiment, it consists in generating tagged genomic DNA (see section G(ii) supra). (Thus each sample originating from a given individual sample has been labelled with a unique tag). This tagged DNA can be used for generating primary colonies on an appropriate surface comprising immobilised primers. Several successive probe hybridisation assays to the colonies can then be performed. Between each assay the preceding probe can be removed, e.g. by thermal denaturation and washing. Advantages of this embodiment of the present invention over other approaches for solving this problem are illustrated in the following example of a potential practical application.
  • It is intended to detect which part of a gene (of, e.g., 2000 bases in size), if any, is related to a disease phenotype in a population of typically 1,000 to 10,000 individuals. For each individual, a peR amplification can be performed to specifically amplify the gene of interest and to link a tag and a colony generating primer (refer to section G(iv), preparation of “tagged DNA”).
  • In order to obtain a representative array of sample, one might want to array randomly 500,000 colonies (i.e. times redundancy, so to have only a small probability of missing the detection of a sample). With a colony density of 10,000 colonies per mm2, a surface of ˜7 mm×7 mm can be used. This is a much smaller surface than any other technology available at present time (e.g. The HySeq approach uses 220 mm×220 mm for the same number of samples (50,000) without redundancy). The amount of reactants (a great part of the cost) will be proportional to the surface occupied by of the array of samples. Thus the present invention can provide an 800 fold improvement over the presently available technology.
  • Using an apparatus to monitor the result of the ‘in situ’ sequencing or probe hybridisation assays, it should take on the order of 1 to 10 seconds to image a fluorescent signal from colonies assayed using fluorescence present on a surface of ˜1 mm2. Thus, assuming that the bottleneck of the method is the time required to image the result of the assay, it takes of the order of 10 minutes to image the result of an assay on 50,000 samples (500,000 colonies). To provide 200 assays including imaging (on one or several 7 mm×7 mm surfaces), using the present invention can take less than 36 hours. This represents a 20 times improvement compared to the best method known at present time (HySeq claims 30 days to achieve a comparable task).
  • Improvements (colony densities 10 times higher and imaging time of 1 second) could allow for much higher throughput and finally the ultimately expected throughput could be about 2000 times faster than the best, not yet fully demonstrated, technology available at present time.
  • Another advantage of using the present invention lies in the fact that it overcomes the problem arising with individuals who have heterozygous mutations for a given gene. While this problem may be addressed by existing sequencing methods to determine allelic polymorphisms, current high throughput mutation detection methods based on oligonucleotide probe hybridisation may lead to difficulties in the interpretation of results due to an unequal hybridisation of probes in cases of allelic polymorphisms and therefore errors can occur. In this embodiment of the present invention, each colony arises from a single copy of an amplified gene of interest. If an average of 10 colonies are generated for each individual locus, there will be an average of 5 colonies corresponding to one version of a gene and 5 colonies corresponding to the other version of the gene. Thus heterozygotic mutations can be scored by the number of times a single allele is detected per individual genome sample.
    • (v) DNA Resequencing
  • This embodiment of the present invention provides a solution to the problem of identifying and characterising novel allelic polymorphisms within known genes in a large population of biological samples.
  • In its preferred embodiment it consists in obtaining tagged DNA (each sample originating from a given individual has been tagged with a unique tag—see section G(iv)). This encoded DNA can then be used for generating primary colonies on an appropriate surface comprising immobilised primers. Several successive assays of probe hybridisation to the colonies can then be performed wherein between each cyclic assay the preceding probe can be removed by thermal denaturation and washing. Preferably, the DNA sequence 3′ to a specific probe may be determined directly by ‘in situ sequencing’ (section I(iii), Methods of sequencing).
  • The advantages of the present invention over other approaches for solving this problem are illustrated in the following example of potential practical application:
  • It is desired to identify the variability of the sequence of a gene (of, e.g., 2 000 bases in size), if any, in a population of typically 4 000 individuals. It is assumed that a reference sequence of the gene is known. For each individual, a PCR amplification can be performed to specifically amplify the gene of interest and link a tag and a colony generating primer. In order to obtain a representative array of sample, one might want to array randomly 40 000 colonies (i.e. 10 times redundancy, so to have a small probability of missing the detection of a sample). With a colony density of 10 000 colonies per mm2, a surface of ˜2 mm×2 mm can be used.
  • Using an apparatus with a CCD camera (having a 2000×2000 pixel chip) to monitor the result of the assay, it should take of the order of 10 seconds to image a fluorescent signal from colonies on a surface of 4 mm2. If it is assumed possible to read at least 20 bases during one round of the assay, this requires 61 imaging steps (3n+1 imaging steps are necessary for reading n numbers of bases). If it is assumed that the bottleneck of the method is the time to image the result of the assay, it takes of the order of 15 minutes to image the result of an assay on 4 000 samples (40 000 colonies). To realise 100 assays (on one or several 2×2 mm2 surfaces) in order to cover the entire gene of interest, the present invention can allow the whole screening experiment to be performed in approximately one day, with one apparatus. This can be compared to the most powerful systems operational at the present time.
  • In this embodiment of the present invention with conservative assumptions (colony density, imaging time, size of the CCD chip), a throughput of 3.2×106 bases per hour could be reached, i.e. a 400 fold improvement when compared to the most commonly used system at present time (current DNA sequencers have a typical throughput of the order of 8,000 bases read/hour).
    • (vi) De Novo DNA Sequencing
  • This embodiment of the present invention aims to solve the problem of sequencing novel genomes (or parts thereof) with low cost and in short time, where the sequence of the DNA is not known. Genomic DNA can be prepared, either directly from the total DNA of an organism of interest or from a vector into which DNA has been inserted. The prepared genomic DNA (from whatever source) can be used to generate DNA colonies. The DNA colonies can then be digested with a rare-cutting restriction enzyme, whose site is included in the linker, denatured and sequenced.
  • FIG. 18 depicts an example of de novo DNA sequencing. In this example, genomic DNA is fragmented into pieces of 100 to 2000 base pairs (see preparation of random DNA fragments, section G(i)) These fragments will be ligated to oligonucleotide linkers (IIa and IIb, FIG. 18, (a)) which include sequences specific for the grafted primers on the surface (‘P1’ and ‘P2’), a sequence which is recognised by a rare-cutting restriction nuclease (‘RE’) and a sequence corresponding to a sequencing primer (‘SP’), resulting in templates (III, FIG. 18, (b)). Using this prepared DNA as template for DNA colony formation, one obtains primary colonies (IV, FIG. 18, (c)). These colonies are then digested with the corresponding restriction endonuclease and denatured to remove the non-attached DNA strand (V, FIG. 18, (d)). The sequencing primer (SP) is then annealed to the attached single-stranded template (FIG. 18, (e)). Incorporation and detection of labeled nucleotides can then be carried out as previously described (see section I(iii), Methods of Sequencing).
  • In this embodiment, the throughput obtainable can be at least 400 times higher than presently available methods.
    • (vii) mRNA Gene Expression Monitoring
  • This embodiment of our invention means to solve the problem of monitoring the expression of a large number of genes simultaneously.
  • Its preferred embodiment is depicted in FIG. 19.
  • Firstly, primary colonies are prepared, as depicted in FIG. 3. In its preferred form, the DNA used for this preparation is ‘prepared genomic DNA’ or ‘tagged genomic DNA’, as described in section G(i) and G(iii), respectively, and where the DNA is either from the whole genome of one (or several) organism{s) or from a subset thereof (e.g., from a library of previously isolated genes). In FIG. 19, the uppercase letters, “A”, “B” and “D” represent colonies which have arisen from genes which exhibit high, medium and low expression levels, respectively, and “E” represents colonies arising from nonexpressed genes (in real cases, all these situations may not necessarily be present simultaneously).
  • Secondly, the colonies are treated to turn then into supports (i.e. secondary primers) for secondary colony growing (step i in FIG. 19, (a)), as described in section E. At this stage (FIG. 19, (a)), the treated colonies are represented by underlined characters (A, B, D, or E).
  • Thirdly, (step ii in FIG. 19, (b)) this support for secondary colony growing is used to regenerate colonies from mRNA (or eDNA) templates extracted from a biological sample, as described in section C. If the template is mRNA, the priming step of colony regeneration will be performed with a reverse transcriptase. After a given number of colony amplification cycles, preferably 1 to 50, the situation will be as depicted in (FIG. 19, (c)): the colonies corresponding to highly expressed genes (represented by the letter “A”) are totally regenerated, as their regeneration has been initiated by many copies of the mRNA; the colonies corresponding to genes of medium expression levels (represented by the letters “b” and “B”), have been only partially regenerated; only a few of the colonies corresponding to rare genes (represented by the letter “d”), have been partially regenerated; the colonies corresponding to non-expressed sequences (represented by the letter “E”), have not been regenerated at all.
  • Lastly, (step iii in FIG. 19, (c)), additional cycles of colony growing are performed (preferably 2 to 50), and the colonies which have not been totally regenerated during the previous steps finally become totally regenerated, “b” becomes “B”, “d” becomes “D” (FIG. 19, (d)): the colonies corresponding to genes with high and medium expression levels are all regenerated “A” and “B” or “B”; the colonies corresponding to genes with low levels of expression are not all regenerated “D” and “D”; the colonies corresponding to non-expressed sequences are not regenerated at all “E”.
  • The relative levels of expression of the genes can be obtained by the following preferred methods:
  • Firstly levels of expression can be monitored by following the rate of regeneration of the colonies (i.e., by measuring the amount of DNA inside a colony after different number of colony growing cycles during step (iii)) as the rate at which a colony is regenerated will be linked the number of mRNA (or cDNA) molecules Which initiated the regeneration of that colony (at first approximation, the number of DNA molecules after n cycles, noted M(n), in a colony undergoing regeneration should be given by M(n)=M0R(N-1), where M0 is the number of molecules which initiated the regeneration of the colony, r is the growing rate and n is the number of cycles);
  • Secondly, levels of expression can be monitored by counting, for each gene, the number of colonies which have been regenerated and comparing this number to the total number of colonies corresponding to that gene. These measurements will generally give access to the relative expression levels of the genes represented by the colonies. The identification of the colonies is preferably performed by fingerprinting, in a manner essentially similar to embodiment, section I(iv). Note that encoding the DNA samples is not required, but can be considered as an alternative to the direct identification of the DNA in the colonies. This can be of practical interest because with coding, the same codes (thus the same oligonucleotides involved in assaying the code) can be used for any set of genes, whereas without code, a different set of specific oligonucleotides has to be used for each set of genes.
  • This embodiment of our invention has many advantages if compared to current state of the art including: a very high throughput; no requirement for prior amplification of the mRNA (even though prior amplification is compatible with or invention); small amounts of samples and reactants are required due to the high density of samples with our invention; the presence of highly expressed genes has no incidence on the ability to monitor genes with low levels of expression; the ability to simultaneously monitor low and high levels of expression within the set of genes of interest.
  • When the initial DNA in the generation of the primary DNA colony is made from the DNA of a whole genome, this embodiment also provides the following features: there is no interference between genes expressed at high level and at low level even though one has not performed specific amplification of the genes of interest. This is a unique feature of the use of this invention: specific amplification is not possible because the initial assumption of this embodiment is to monitor the expression genes which may have not yet been isolated, thus which are unknown, and thus for which no specific (unique) sequences are known and which specific sequences would have been necessary for specific gene amplification. The ability of our invention to perform this type of mRNA expression monitoring is due to the fact that when the primary colonies are prepared, statistically, each piece of the initial genome will be represented by the same number of colonies. Thus, frequent and rare DNA will initiate the same number of colonies (e.g., one colony per added genome molecule). Quantitative information might be obtained both from frequent and rare mRNAs by monitoring the growing rate of the colonies.
    • (viii) Isolation and Characterisation of Novel Expressed Genes
  • This embodiment of our invention means to solve the problem of isolating the genes which are specifically induced under given conditions, e.g., in specific tissues, different strains of a given species or under specific activation. A practical example is the identification of genes which are up or down regulated after drug administration.
  • The preferred embodiment for isolating genes from a specific or activated biological sample (hereafter called target sample) which are up-regulated compared with a reference biological sample (hereafter called reference sample) is depicted in FIG. 20.
  • Firstly, primary colonies are prepared (FIG. 20, (a)). In its preferred form, the DNA used for this preparation is prepared genomic DNA or tagged genomic DNA, as described in sections G(i) and G(ii), respectively, where the DNA is either from the whole genome of one (or several) organism(s) or from a subset thereof (e.g., from a library of previously isolated genes), and where both the primers used for colony generation (hereafter called P1 and P2) contain a endonuclease restriction site. In FIG. 20, (a), “A” represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed in both the reference sample and the target sample, “B” represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed only in the reference sample, “C” represents colonies which have arisen from genes expressed only in the target sample, and “D” represents colonies arising from non-expressed genes (in real cases, all these situations may not necessarily be present simultaneously).
  • Secondly, primary colonies are then treated to generate secondary primers as the support for secondary colony growing (step i in FIG. 20, (a)). At this stage (b), the colonies are represented as underlined characters (A, B, C, D).
  • Thirdly, (step ii in FIG. 20, (b)) the secondary primers are used to regenerate colonies using mRNA or cDNA (represented by “mA+mB”) extracted from the biological reference sample as a template, as described in G(v). If the template is mRNA, the first elongation step of colony regeneration will be performed with a reverse transcriptase. After enough colony growing cycles, preferably 5 to 100, only the colonies corresponding to genes expressed in the reference sample (“A” and “8”) will be regenerated, as depicted in (FIG. 20, (c)).
  • In step (iii), the colonies are digested with a restriction enzyme (represented by RE) which recognises a site in the flanking primer sequences, P1 and P2, which are grafted on the support and which were the basis of primary colony generation. Importantly, only the colonies which have been regenerated during step (ii) will be digested. This is because the support for secondary colony growth is made of single stranded DNA molecules, which can not be digested by the restriction enzyme. Only the regenerated colonies are present in a double stranded form, and are digested. After digestion, the situation is the one depicted in FIG. 20, (d). The colonies corresponding to the genes expressed in the reference sample have totally disappeared, i.e., they are not even present as a support for secondary colony growth, and the colonies corresponding to genes expressed only in the target sample “C” and the colonies corresponding to non-expressed genes “D” are still present as a support for secondary colony generation.
  • In step (iv), mRNA (or eDNA) (represented by “MA+mC”) extracted from the target sample is used to generate secondary colonies. Because colonies corresponding to rnA and mB no longer exist, only the colonies corresponding to mC can be regenerated (i.e., only the mRNA specifically expressed in the target sample). After sufficient number of colony growing cycles (preferably 5 to 100), the situation is such that only the colonies corresponding to genes expressed specifically in the target sample are regenerated (“C”, FIG. 20, (e)).
  • In step (v), the regenerated colonies “C” are used to generate copies of the DNA that they contain by performing several (preferably 1 to 20) colony growing cycles in the presence of the primers P1 and P2, as described in section D of the present invention. A PCR amplification is then performed using P1 and P2 in solution (described in section D) and the amplified DNA characterised by classical methods.
  • The preferred embodiment for isolating genes from a specific or activated biological sample which are less expressed than in a reference biological sample is depicted in FIG. 21. The different steps involved in this procedure are very similar to those involved in the isolation of gene which are more regulated than in the reference sample, and the notation are the same as in FIG. 20. The only difference is to inverse the order used to regenerate the colonies: in step (ii), the mRNA used is the one extracted from the target biological sample (“MA+mC”) instead of the mRNA extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”), and in step (iv), the mRNA used is the one extracted from the reference biological sample (“mA+mB”) instead of the one extracted from the target sample (“mA+mC”). As a result, only the DNA from colonies corresponding to genes which are expressed in the reference sample but not in the target sample is recovered and amplified (“B”, FIG. 19 f).

Claims (25)

1. (canceled)
2. A multiplex method for determining the presence of one or more target polynucleotide sequences across a plurality of samples, comprising:
amplifying and tagging target polynucleotides by PCR in each of said plurality of samples with an amplification primer comprising a high throughput sequencing adaptor, a sample-specific tag sequence, and a priming sequence to amplify said target polynucleotide sequence(s);
combining the amplified polynucleotides and sequencing the polynucleotide pool in high throughput, so as to determine the sequence of at least 100 tagged polynucleotides for each of said samples;
assigning the nucleotide sequences to the originating samples by the nucleotide sequence of the sample-specific tag, thereby determining the presence of the target polynucleotide sequence(s) across the samples.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the samples are diagnostic.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the samples are biological samples.
5. The method of claim 2, wherein the target polynucleotides are genomic DNA or mitochondrial DNA.
6. The method of claim 2, wherein the target polynucleotides are cDNA.
7. The method of claim 2, wherein the number of samples is over 10.
8. The method of claim 2, wherein the number of samples is over 100.
9. The method of claim 2, wherein the priming sequence is the same across samples.
10. The method of claim 2, wherein the sequencing adaptor immobilizes the individual polynucleotides for clonal amplification and sequencing.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the sequencing is sequencing-by-synthesis, sequencing-by-ligation, or sequencing-by-hybridization.
12. The method of claim 2, wherein the PCR amplifications employ a forward and reverse primer that both comprise the high throughput sequencing adaptor and the sample-specific tag.
13. A method for simultaneously determining the sequence of one or more sequences of interest in a plurality of samples, comprising:
amplifying and tagging polynucleotide sequences of interest by PCR in each of said plurality of samples with an amplification primer comprising a sequence complementary to a sequencing primer for high throughput sequencing, a tag sequence which is different for each sample, and primer sequences surrounding the specific sequences of interest to amplify said specific sequences of interest;
sequencing the amplified polynucleotide sequences of interest from the plurality of samples in high throughput, so as to determine the sequence of over 100 different sequences from the plurality of samples; and
identifying the origin of the amplified polynucleotide sequences of interest using the tag sequence which is different for each sample.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein the over 100 different sequences are from each of the plurality of samples.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein the method is for diagnosis.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein the samples are biological samples.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein the polynucleotide sequences of interest are genomic DNA or mitochondrial DNA.
18. The method of claim 13, wherein the polynucleotide sequences of interest are cDNA.
19. The method of claim 13, wherein the number of samples is over 10.
20. The method of claim 13, wherein the number of samples is over 100.
21. The method of claim 13, wherein the primer sequences surrounding the specific sequences of interest to amplify said specific sequences of interest is the same across samples.
22. The method of claim 13, wherein the sequence complementary to a sequencing primer for high throughput sequencing immobilizes the individual polynucleotides for clonal amplification and sequencing.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the sequencing is sequencing-by-synthesis, sequencing-by-ligation, or sequencing-by-hybridization.
24. The method of claim 13, wherein the PCR amplifications employ a forward and reverse primer that both comprise the sequence complementary to a sequencing primer for high throughput sequencing and the tag sequence which is different for each sample.
25. The method of claim 13, wherein over 1000 different sequences from the plurality of samples are determined.
US14/555,036 1997-04-01 2014-11-26 Method of nucleic acid amplification Abandoned US20150087531A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/555,036 US20150087531A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-11-26 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Applications Claiming Priority (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB9706528.8A GB9706528D0 (en) 1997-04-01 1997-04-01 Invention
GBGB9706529.6A GB9706529D0 (en) 1997-04-01 1997-04-01 Invention
GB9706529.6 1997-04-01
GB9706528.8 1997-04-01
GB9713238.5 1997-06-23
GBGB9713238.5A GB9713238D0 (en) 1997-06-23 1997-06-23 Invention
GBGB9713236.9A GB9713236D0 (en) 1997-06-23 1997-06-23 Invention
GB9713236.9 1997-06-23
PCT/GB1998/000961 WO1998044151A1 (en) 1997-04-01 1998-04-01 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US40227799A 1999-09-30 1999-09-30
US10/449,010 US7985565B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2003-06-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US12/148,133 US8476044B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2008-04-16 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/828,047 US8993271B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-03-14 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/886,234 US9902951B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-05-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/465,685 US20140371100A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-08-21 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/555,036 US20150087531A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-11-26 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/465,685 Continuation US20140371100A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-08-21 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20150087531A1 true US20150087531A1 (en) 2015-03-26

Family

ID=27451621

Family Applications (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/449,010 Expired - Fee Related US7985565B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2003-06-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US12/148,133 Expired - Fee Related US8476044B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2008-04-16 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US12/771,324 Expired - Fee Related US8143008B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2010-04-30 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/828,047 Expired - Fee Related US8993271B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-03-14 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/886,234 Expired - Fee Related US9902951B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-05-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/465,685 Abandoned US20140371100A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-08-21 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/555,036 Abandoned US20150087531A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-11-26 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/601,013 Expired - Fee Related US9593328B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2015-01-20 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Family Applications Before (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/449,010 Expired - Fee Related US7985565B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2003-06-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US12/148,133 Expired - Fee Related US8476044B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2008-04-16 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US12/771,324 Expired - Fee Related US8143008B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2010-04-30 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/828,047 Expired - Fee Related US8993271B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-03-14 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US13/886,234 Expired - Fee Related US9902951B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2013-05-02 Method of nucleic acid amplification
US14/465,685 Abandoned US20140371100A1 (en) 1997-04-01 2014-08-21 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/601,013 Expired - Fee Related US9593328B2 (en) 1997-04-01 2015-01-20 Method of nucleic acid amplification

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (8) US7985565B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2327797B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2002503954A (en)
AT (2) ATE545710T1 (en)
AU (1) AU6846698A (en)
DE (1) DE69837913T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2563643T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1155784A1 (en)
WO (1) WO1998044151A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017052300A1 (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 Seegene, Inc. . Multiple dataset analysis for determining the presence or absence of target analyte
US10415083B2 (en) 2013-10-28 2019-09-17 The Translational Genomics Research Institute Long insert-based whole genome sequencing

Families Citing this family (675)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU6846698A (en) 1997-04-01 1998-10-22 Glaxo Group Limited Method of nucleic acid amplification
US6511803B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2003-01-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
US6485944B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2002-11-26 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
JP2001519538A (en) 1997-10-10 2001-10-23 プレジデント・アンド・フェローズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
AR021833A1 (en) 1998-09-30 2002-08-07 Applied Research Systems METHODS OF AMPLIFICATION AND SEQUENCING OF NUCLEIC ACID
ES2198967T3 (en) * 1998-10-21 2004-02-01 Noxxon Pharma Ag PROCEDURE FOR EXPONENTIAL AMPLIFICATION OF MOLECULAR MATRICES.
US6300070B1 (en) 1999-06-04 2001-10-09 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Solid phase methods for amplifying multiple nucleic acids
US20020119448A1 (en) * 1999-06-23 2002-08-29 Joseph A. Sorge Methods of enriching for and identifying polymorphisms
US6274320B1 (en) 1999-09-16 2001-08-14 Curagen Corporation Method of sequencing a nucleic acid
EP1230397A2 (en) * 1999-11-02 2002-08-14 Celine Hu Molecular microarrays and methods for production and use thereof
EP1255860A2 (en) * 1999-12-29 2002-11-13 Mergen Ltd. Methods for amplifying and detecting multiple polynucleotides on a solid phase support
AU2001241723A1 (en) * 2000-02-25 2001-09-03 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods for multi-stage solid phase amplification of nucleic acids
DE10010280B4 (en) * 2000-02-25 2006-08-10 Epigenomics Ag Method for the detection of cytosine methylation in DNA samples
DE10010282B4 (en) * 2000-02-25 2006-11-16 Epigenomics Ag Method for the detection of cytosine methylation in DNA samples
AU2001243640A1 (en) * 2000-03-14 2001-09-24 Investigen Compositions and methods for simultaneous detection of multiple biological entities
DE10027040A1 (en) * 2000-06-02 2001-12-06 Basf Lynx Bioscience Ag Method of making DNA arrays
US7846733B2 (en) 2000-06-26 2010-12-07 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for transcription-based nucleic acid amplification
US9708358B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2017-07-18 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Massive parallel method for decoding DNA and RNA
EP1337541B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2007-03-07 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Massive parallel method for decoding DNA and RNA
AR031640A1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-09-24 Applied Research Systems ISOTHERMAL AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS IN A SOLID SUPPORT
CA2430329A1 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-20 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Methods and compositions for generation of multiple copies of nucleic acid sequences and methods of detection thereof
AU2002231934A1 (en) * 2001-01-30 2002-08-12 Solexa Ltd. Arrayed polynucleotides and their use in genome analysis
DE10106320A1 (en) * 2001-02-09 2002-08-22 Axaron Bioscience Ag Generation and use of random arrangements of clonal nucleic acid islands on a surface
ATE361996T1 (en) 2001-03-09 2007-06-15 Nugen Technologies Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DUPLICATION OF RNA SEQUENCES
CA2442939A1 (en) * 2001-04-02 2002-10-17 Point-2-Point Genomics Ltd. Polynucleotide analysis using combinatorial pcr
ES2305289T3 (en) 2001-04-20 2008-11-01 The Penn State Research Foundation METHOD OF HANDLING NUCLEIC ACIDS.
EP1256632A3 (en) * 2001-05-07 2004-01-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation High throughput polymorphism screening
WO2004083443A1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2004-09-30 Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. Single molecule amplification and detection of dna
GB0302058D0 (en) * 2003-01-29 2003-02-26 Univ Cranfield Replication of nucleic acid arrays
EP2159285B1 (en) 2003-01-29 2012-09-26 454 Life Sciences Corporation Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids
CA2521084A1 (en) 2003-04-14 2004-10-28 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Global amplification using a randomly primed composite primer
GB0324456D0 (en) * 2003-10-20 2003-11-19 Isis Innovation Parallel DNA sequencing methods
EP1682680B2 (en) * 2003-10-31 2018-03-21 AB Advanced Genetic Analysis Corporation Methods for producing a paired tag from a nucleic acid sequence and methods of use thereof
EP3175914A1 (en) 2004-01-07 2017-06-07 Illumina Cambridge Limited Improvements in or relating to molecular arrays
GB0400584D0 (en) * 2004-01-12 2004-02-11 Solexa Ltd Nucleic acid chacterisation
GB0402895D0 (en) * 2004-02-10 2004-03-17 Solexa Ltd Arrayed polynucleotides
JP4541731B2 (en) * 2004-03-12 2010-09-08 キヤノン株式会社 Nucleic acid detection method
US20060228721A1 (en) 2005-04-12 2006-10-12 Leamon John H Methods for determining sequence variants using ultra-deep sequencing
ES2404311T3 (en) * 2005-04-12 2013-05-27 454 Life Sciences Corporation Methods for determining sequence variants using ultra-deep sequencing
US7709197B2 (en) 2005-06-15 2010-05-04 Callida Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid analysis by random mixtures of non-overlapping fragments
GB0514936D0 (en) 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Preparation of templates for nucleic acid sequencing
GB0514910D0 (en) 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
GB0514935D0 (en) 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Methods for sequencing a polynucleotide template
GB0514909D0 (en) * 2005-07-20 2005-08-24 Solexa Ltd Methods of nucleic acid amplification and sequencing
US11111544B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
US9424392B2 (en) 2005-11-26 2016-08-23 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data from target individuals using genetic data from genetically related individuals
US11111543B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2021-09-07 Natera, Inc. System and method for cleaning noisy genetic data and determining chromosome copy number
WO2007030759A2 (en) 2005-09-07 2007-03-15 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Improved nucleic acid amplification procedure
GB0522310D0 (en) 2005-11-01 2005-12-07 Solexa Ltd Methods of preparing libraries of template polynucleotides
GB0524069D0 (en) 2005-11-25 2006-01-04 Solexa Ltd Preparation of templates for solid phase amplification
US7932029B1 (en) * 2006-01-04 2011-04-26 Si Lok Methods for nucleic acid mapping and identification of fine-structural-variations in nucleic acids and utilities
CA2641851A1 (en) 2006-02-08 2007-08-16 Eric Hans Vermaas Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
WO2007107710A1 (en) * 2006-03-17 2007-09-27 Solexa Limited Isothermal methods for creating clonal single molecule arrays
WO2007109747A2 (en) * 2006-03-21 2007-09-27 Wyeth Methods and compositions for antagonism of rage
WO2007111937A1 (en) * 2006-03-23 2007-10-04 Applera Corporation Directed enrichment of genomic dna for high-throughput sequencing
CA2648149A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-11-01 Solexa, Inc. Systems and devices for sequence by synthesis analysis
WO2008002502A2 (en) 2006-06-23 2008-01-03 Illumina, Inc. Devices and systems for creation of dna cluster arrays
US9328378B2 (en) * 2006-07-31 2016-05-03 Illumina Cambridge Limited Method of library preparation avoiding the formation of adaptor dimers
US7754429B2 (en) * 2006-10-06 2010-07-13 Illumina Cambridge Limited Method for pair-wise sequencing a plurity of target polynucleotides
WO2008045158A1 (en) 2006-10-10 2008-04-17 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for representational selection of nucleic acids fro complex mixtures using hybridization
WO2008069973A2 (en) 2006-12-01 2008-06-12 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Four-color dna sequencing by synthesis using cleavable fluorescent nucleotide reversible terminators
EP2121983A2 (en) 2007-02-02 2009-11-25 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods for indexing samples and sequencing multiple nucleotide templates
US11940413B2 (en) 2007-02-05 2024-03-26 IsoPlexis Corporation Methods and devices for sequencing nucleic acids in smaller batches
WO2008096146A1 (en) 2007-02-07 2008-08-14 Solexa Limited Preparation of templates for methylation analysis
CA2679511A1 (en) 2007-03-16 2008-09-25 454 Life Sciences Corporation System and method for detection of hiv drug resistant variants
JP5020734B2 (en) * 2007-07-31 2012-09-05 株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ Nucleic acid analysis method and apparatus
JP2010537643A (en) * 2007-08-29 2010-12-09 アプライド バイオシステムズ， エルエルシー Alternative nucleic acid sequencing methods
WO2009032167A1 (en) * 2007-08-29 2009-03-12 Illumina Cambridge Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
ITBO20070627A1 (en) * 2007-09-14 2009-03-15 Twof Inc METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF MICROARRAY DNA WITH HIGH LINEAR DENSITY PROBES
EP2940029B1 (en) 2007-10-19 2023-11-29 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Design and synthesis of cleavable fluorescent nucleotides as reversible terminators for dna sequencing by synthesis
EP3431615A3 (en) 2007-10-19 2019-02-20 The Trustees of Columbia University in the City of New York Dna sequencing with non-fluorescent nucleotide reversible terminators cleavable label modified nucleotide terminators
WO2012044847A1 (en) 2010-10-01 2012-04-05 Life Technologies Corporation Nucleic acid adaptors and uses thereof
JP2011509095A (en) 2008-01-09 2011-03-24 ライフ テクノロジーズ コーポレーション Method for producing a library of paired tags for nucleic acid sequencing
US8202691B2 (en) 2008-01-25 2012-06-19 Illumina, Inc. Uniform fragmentation of DNA using binding proteins
WO2009097368A2 (en) 2008-01-28 2009-08-06 Complete Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for efficient base calling in sequencing reactions
US8034568B2 (en) 2008-02-12 2011-10-11 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Isothermal nucleic acid amplification methods and compositions
US12060554B2 (en) 2008-03-10 2024-08-13 Illumina, Inc. Method for selecting and amplifying polynucleotides
US20090226975A1 (en) * 2008-03-10 2009-09-10 Illumina, Inc. Constant cluster seeding
WO2009117698A2 (en) 2008-03-21 2009-09-24 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Methods of rna amplification in the presence of dna
US8039817B2 (en) 2008-05-05 2011-10-18 Illumina, Inc. Compensator for multiple surface imaging
EP2294214A2 (en) * 2008-05-07 2011-03-16 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for providing substances to and from an array
GB2467691A (en) 2008-09-05 2010-08-11 Aueon Inc Methods for stratifying and annotating cancer drug treatment options
US8383345B2 (en) 2008-09-12 2013-02-26 University Of Washington Sequence tag directed subassembly of short sequencing reads into long sequencing reads
US9492797B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2016-11-15 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for detection of spaced droplets
US12090480B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2024-09-17 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Partition-based method of analysis
US9764322B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2017-09-19 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for generating droplets with pressure monitoring
US9132394B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-09-15 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for detection of spaced droplets
US8951939B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2015-02-10 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital assays with multiplexed detection of two or more targets in the same optical channel
US11130128B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2021-09-28 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Detection method for a target nucleic acid
US10512910B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2019-12-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based analysis method
WO2011120020A1 (en) 2010-03-25 2011-09-29 Quantalife, Inc. Droplet transport system for detection
US9156010B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2015-10-13 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet-based assay system
US9598725B2 (en) 2010-03-02 2017-03-21 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Emulsion chemistry for encapsulated droplets
US9399215B2 (en) 2012-04-13 2016-07-26 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Sample holder with a well having a wicking promoter
US9417190B2 (en) 2008-09-23 2016-08-16 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Calibrations and controls for droplet-based assays
FR2936246A1 (en) * 2008-09-24 2010-03-26 Haploys New compound comprising a duplicable nucleic acid (amplified fragment), where compound comprises a means of locking of polymerization (loop linkage), useful e.g. in complex for diagnosing the amplification of the nucleic acids
US8728764B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2014-05-20 Illumina Cambridge Limited Nucleic acid sample enrichment for sequencing applications
US20100087325A1 (en) * 2008-10-07 2010-04-08 Illumina, Inc. Biological sample temperature control system and method
AU2009319907B2 (en) 2008-11-03 2015-10-01 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for detecting modification resistant nucleic acids
US8748103B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-06-10 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US8628927B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2014-01-14 Sequenta, Inc. Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US9506119B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-11-29 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method of sequence determination using sequence tags
US9394567B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Detection and quantification of sample contamination in immune repertoire analysis
US9528160B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-12-27 Adaptive Biotechnolgies Corp. Rare clonotypes and uses thereof
US9365901B2 (en) 2008-11-07 2016-06-14 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Monitoring immunoglobulin heavy chain evolution in B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia
EP4335932A3 (en) 2008-11-07 2024-06-26 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Methods of monitoring conditions by sequence analysis
GB0821981D0 (en) * 2008-12-02 2009-01-07 Genome Res Ltd Method for use in polynucleotide sequencing
US8993230B2 (en) * 2008-12-04 2015-03-31 Pacific Biosciences of Californ, Inc. Asynchronous sequencing of biological polymers
WO2010075188A2 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-07-01 Illumina Inc. Multibase delivery for long reads in sequencing by synthesis protocols
US8685898B2 (en) 2009-01-15 2014-04-01 Imdaptive, Inc. Adaptive immunity profiling and methods for generation of monoclonal antibodies
WO2010117817A2 (en) 2009-03-30 2010-10-14 Life Technologies Corporation Methods for generating target specific probes for solution based capture
US9085798B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-07-21 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Nucleic acid constructs and methods of use
AU2010242073C1 (en) 2009-04-30 2015-12-24 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and compositions for evaluating genetic markers
US20100279882A1 (en) * 2009-05-01 2010-11-04 Mostafa Ronaghi Sequencing methods
EP2248914A1 (en) 2009-05-05 2010-11-10 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. The use of class IIB restriction endonucleases in 2nd generation sequencing applications
US9309566B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2016-04-12 Life Technologies Corporation Methods, compositions, systems, apparatuses and kits for nucleic acid amplification
US9309557B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2016-04-12 Life Technologies Corporation Nucleic acid amplification
US9334531B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2016-05-10 Life Technologies Corporation Nucleic acid amplification
CA2765949C (en) 2009-06-25 2016-03-29 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Method of measuring adaptive immunity
WO2011011175A2 (en) 2009-07-24 2011-01-27 Illumina, Inc. Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
SI2669387T1 (en) 2009-08-25 2017-01-31 Illumina, Inc. Methods for selecting and amplifying polynucleotides
CA2767056C (en) 2009-09-02 2018-12-04 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. System for mixing fluids by coalescence of multiple emulsions
US8182994B2 (en) 2009-09-15 2012-05-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Centroid markers for image analysis of high denisty clusters in complex polynucleotide sequencing
CA2778249C (en) * 2009-11-03 2018-12-04 Htg Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Quantitative nuclease protection sequencing (qnps)
CN102648295B (en) 2009-12-07 2017-08-08 伊鲁米那股份有限公司 Multi-example for multiple gene parting is indexed
US20120100548A1 (en) 2010-10-26 2012-04-26 Verinata Health, Inc. Method for determining copy number variations
US10388403B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2019-08-20 Verinata Health, Inc. Analyzing copy number variation in the detection of cancer
US9323888B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2016-04-26 Verinata Health, Inc. Detecting and classifying copy number variation
AU2011207544A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2012-09-06 Verinata Health, Inc. Identification of polymorphic sequences in mixtures of genomic DNA by whole genome sequencing
EP2526415B1 (en) 2010-01-19 2017-05-03 Verinata Health, Inc Partition defined detection methods
US9260745B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2016-02-16 Verinata Health, Inc. Detecting and classifying copy number variation
US20120010085A1 (en) 2010-01-19 2012-01-12 Rava Richard P Methods for determining fraction of fetal nucleic acids in maternal samples
ES2704701T3 (en) 2010-01-19 2019-03-19 Verinata Health Inc New protocol for preparing sequencing libraries
US20110312503A1 (en) 2010-01-23 2011-12-22 Artemis Health, Inc. Methods of fetal abnormality detection
US8759037B2 (en) 2010-02-23 2014-06-24 Illumina Cambridge Limited Amplification methods to minimise sequence specific bias
EP2550528B1 (en) 2010-03-25 2019-09-11 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Droplet generation for droplet-based assays
WO2011123246A2 (en) 2010-04-01 2011-10-06 Illumina, Inc. Solid-phase clonal amplification and related methods
PT2556171E (en) 2010-04-05 2015-12-21 Prognosys Biosciences Inc Spatially encoded biological assays
US10787701B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2020-09-29 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially encoded biological assays
US20190300945A1 (en) 2010-04-05 2019-10-03 Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. Spatially Encoded Biological Assays
EP4219759A3 (en) 2010-05-06 2023-09-06 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles
US10316362B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2019-06-11 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11332793B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
EP2854057B1 (en) 2010-05-18 2018-03-07 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive pre-natal ploidy calling
US9677118B2 (en) 2014-04-21 2017-06-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11322224B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-03 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11939634B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2024-03-26 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US20190010543A1 (en) 2010-05-18 2019-01-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for simultaneous amplification of target loci
US11408031B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-08-09 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal paternity testing
US11339429B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-24 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US11326208B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-10 Natera, Inc. Methods for nested PCR amplification of cell-free DNA
US11332785B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2022-05-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calling
US9029103B2 (en) 2010-08-27 2015-05-12 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods for sequencing polynucleotides
US8483969B2 (en) 2010-09-17 2013-07-09 Illuminia, Inc. Variation analysis for multiple templates on a solid support
WO2012040387A1 (en) * 2010-09-24 2012-03-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Direct capture, amplification and sequencing of target dna using immobilized primers
WO2012050920A1 (en) 2010-09-29 2012-04-19 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for sequencing nucleic acids
US9399217B2 (en) 2010-10-04 2016-07-26 Genapsys, Inc. Chamber free nanoreactor system
US9184099B2 (en) 2010-10-04 2015-11-10 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Biosensor devices, systems and methods therefor
SG189839A1 (en) 2010-10-04 2013-06-28 Genapsys Inc Systems and methods for automated reusable parallel biological reactions
GB2497912B (en) 2010-10-08 2014-06-04 Harvard College High-throughput single cell barcoding
US8753816B2 (en) 2010-10-26 2014-06-17 Illumina, Inc. Sequencing methods
US9096899B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-08-04 Illumina, Inc. Microdevices and biosensor cartridges for biological or chemical analysis and systems and methods for the same
CN103429331B (en) 2010-11-01 2016-09-28 伯乐生命医学产品有限公司 For forming the system of emulsion
US8575071B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2013-11-05 Illumina, Inc. Reducing adapter dimer formation
US9074251B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2015-07-07 Illumina, Inc. Linking sequence reads using paired code tags
CA2821299C (en) 2010-11-05 2019-02-12 Frank J. Steemers Linking sequence reads using paired code tags
WO2012074855A2 (en) 2010-11-22 2012-06-07 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods of identifying a cellular nascent rna transcript
CN110079588B (en) * 2010-12-17 2024-03-15 生命技术公司 Methods, compositions, systems, instruments and kits for nucleic acid amplification
US9163281B2 (en) * 2010-12-23 2015-10-20 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction
US8951781B2 (en) 2011-01-10 2015-02-10 Illumina, Inc. Systems, methods, and apparatuses to image a sample for biological or chemical analysis
JP6017458B2 (en) 2011-02-02 2016-11-02 ユニヴァーシティ・オブ・ワシントン・スルー・イッツ・センター・フォー・コマーシャリゼーション Mass parallel continuity mapping
US20130344540A1 (en) * 2011-02-03 2013-12-26 Mark T. Reed Methods for minimizing sequence specific bias
JP6153874B2 (en) 2011-02-09 2017-06-28 ナテラ， インコーポレイテッド Method for non-invasive prenatal ploidy calls
US12097495B2 (en) 2011-02-18 2024-09-24 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods and compositions for detecting genetic material
WO2012129187A1 (en) 2011-03-18 2012-09-27 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Multiplexed digital assays with combinatorial use of signals
DK3567124T3 (en) 2011-04-12 2022-03-07 Verinata Health Inc DISSOLUTION OF GENOMATION FRACTIONS USING POLYMORPHISM COUNTS
GB201106254D0 (en) 2011-04-13 2011-05-25 Frisen Jonas Method and product
GB2484764B (en) 2011-04-14 2012-09-05 Verinata Health Inc Normalizing chromosomes for the determination and verification of common and rare chromosomal aneuploidies
CN110016499B (en) 2011-04-15 2023-11-14 约翰·霍普金斯大学 Safety sequencing system
US9411937B2 (en) 2011-04-15 2016-08-09 Verinata Health, Inc. Detecting and classifying copy number variation
EP2702175B1 (en) 2011-04-25 2018-08-08 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis
CN103649335B (en) 2011-05-04 2015-11-25 Htg分子诊断有限公司 Quantitative nucleic acid enzyme protection measures the improvement of (QNPA) and order-checking (QNPS)
US9926596B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2018-03-27 Genapsys, Inc. Systems and methods for genetic and biological analysis
US8585973B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2013-11-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Nano-sensor array
KR102003660B1 (en) 2011-07-13 2019-07-24 더 멀티플 마이얼로머 리서치 파운데이션, 인크. Methods for data collection and distribution
WO2013012440A2 (en) * 2011-07-21 2013-01-24 Cornell University Methods and devices for dna sequencing and molecular diagnostics
US10385475B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2019-08-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Random array sequencing of low-complexity libraries
PT3623481T (en) 2011-09-23 2021-10-15 Illumina Inc Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
WO2013049135A1 (en) 2011-09-26 2013-04-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Algorithms for sequence determinations
CA2852665A1 (en) 2011-10-17 2013-04-25 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Analysis methods
GB2497838A (en) 2011-10-19 2013-06-26 Nugen Technologies Inc Compositions and methods for directional nucleic acid amplification and sequencing
GB2495909A (en) * 2011-10-19 2013-05-01 Genome Analysis Ct Arrays comprising immobilized primer pair spots for amplifying target nucleic acids
US9279159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2016-03-08 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
US8637242B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2014-01-28 Illumina, Inc. Integrated sequencing apparatuses and methods of use
EP2785868B1 (en) 2011-12-01 2017-04-12 Genapsys Inc. Systems and methods for high efficiency electronic sequencing and detection
DK2788499T3 (en) 2011-12-09 2016-03-21 Illumina Inc Enhanced root for polymer tags
EP2788509B1 (en) 2011-12-09 2018-07-11 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Diagnosis of lymphoid malignancies and minimal residual disease detection
US9499865B2 (en) 2011-12-13 2016-11-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Detection and measurement of tissue-infiltrating lymphocytes
US9823246B2 (en) 2011-12-28 2017-11-21 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Fluorescence enhancing plasmonic nanoscopic gold films and assays based thereon
CN104334739A (en) 2012-01-13 2015-02-04 Data生物有限公司 Genotyping by next-generation sequencing
EP4372084A3 (en) 2012-01-26 2024-08-14 Tecan Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence enrichment and high efficiency library generation
WO2013117595A2 (en) 2012-02-07 2013-08-15 Illumina Cambridge Limited Targeted enrichment and amplification of nucleic acids on a support
LT3363901T (en) 2012-02-17 2021-04-12 Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center Compositions and methods for accurately identifying mutations
WO2013134162A2 (en) 2012-03-05 2013-09-12 Sequenta, Inc. Determining paired immune receptor chains from frequency matched subunits
NO2694769T3 (en) 2012-03-06 2018-03-03
HUE051845T2 (en) 2012-03-20 2021-03-29 Univ Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization Methods of lowering the error rate of massively parallel dna sequencing using duplex consensus sequencing
US20130261984A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for determining fetal chromosomal abnormalities
US8209130B1 (en) 2012-04-04 2012-06-26 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Sequence assembly
US8812422B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2014-08-19 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Variant database
US9444880B2 (en) 2012-04-11 2016-09-13 Illumina, Inc. Cloud computing environment for biological data
US10227635B2 (en) 2012-04-16 2019-03-12 Molecular Loop Biosolutions, Llc Capture reactions
SG10201507700VA (en) 2012-05-08 2015-10-29 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Compositions and method for measuring and calibrating amplification bias in multiplexed pcr reactions
US9012022B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2015-04-21 Illumina, Inc. Polymer coatings
CN104619894B (en) 2012-06-18 2017-06-06 纽亘技术公司 For the composition and method of the Solid phase of unexpected nucleotide sequence
WO2014008448A1 (en) 2012-07-03 2014-01-09 Sloan Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Quantitative assessment of human t-cell repertoire recovery after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
US20150011396A1 (en) 2012-07-09 2015-01-08 Benjamin G. Schroeder Methods for creating directional bisulfite-converted nucleic acid libraries for next generation sequencing
WO2014015084A2 (en) * 2012-07-17 2014-01-23 Counsyl, Inc. System and methods for detecting genetic variation
US9092401B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2015-07-28 Counsyl, Inc. System and methods for detecting genetic variation
US9977861B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2018-05-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and systems for determining haplotypes and phasing of haplotypes
NL2017959B1 (en) 2016-12-08 2018-06-19 Illumina Inc Cartridge assembly
US20140100126A1 (en) 2012-08-17 2014-04-10 Natera, Inc. Method for Non-Invasive Prenatal Testing Using Parental Mosaicism Data
ES2660027T3 (en) 2012-10-01 2018-03-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Evaluation of immunocompetence by the diversity of adaptive immunity receptors and clonal characterization
USRE50065E1 (en) 2012-10-17 2024-07-30 10X Genomics Sweden Ab Methods and product for optimising localised or spatial detection of gene expression in a tissue sample
US9365896B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-06-14 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Addition of an adaptor by invasive cleavage
ES2701742T3 (en) 2012-10-29 2019-02-25 Univ Johns Hopkins Papanicolaou test for ovarian and endometrial cancers
US9116139B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2015-08-25 Illumina, Inc. Sequence scheduling and sample distribution techniques
EP2746405B1 (en) 2012-12-23 2015-11-04 HS Diagnomics GmbH Methods and primer sets for high throughput PCR sequencing
US9683230B2 (en) * 2013-01-09 2017-06-20 Illumina Cambridge Limited Sample preparation on a solid support
WO2014108850A2 (en) 2013-01-09 2014-07-17 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. High throughput transcriptome analysis
US9805407B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2017-10-31 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for using a cloud computing environment to configure and sell a biological sample preparation cartridge and share related data
EP2964624B1 (en) 2013-03-08 2017-01-04 Illumina Cambridge Limited Rhodamine compounds and their use as fluorescent labels
CN108299275A (en) 2013-03-08 2018-07-20 伊鲁米纳剑桥有限公司 Polymethine compound and its purposes as fluorescent marker
WO2014142850A1 (en) 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
US8778609B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-07-15 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for analyzing nucleic acids
GB2525568B (en) 2013-03-15 2020-10-14 Abvitro Llc Single cell barcoding for antibody discovery
WO2014152625A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Genapsys, Inc. Systems and methods for biological analysis
US9255265B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-02-09 Illumina, Inc. Methods for producing stranded cDNA libraries
US20140274738A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Sequential sequencing
EP2986762B1 (en) 2013-04-19 2019-11-06 Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. Digital analyte analysis
EP3005200A2 (en) 2013-06-03 2016-04-13 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods and systems for storing sequence read data
DK3013984T3 (en) 2013-06-25 2023-06-06 Prognosys Biosciences Inc METHOD FOR DETERMINING SPATIAL PATTERNS IN BIOLOGICAL TARGETS IN A SAMPLE
US9708657B2 (en) 2013-07-01 2017-07-18 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method for generating clonotype profiles using sequence tags
WO2015013465A2 (en) 2013-07-25 2015-01-29 Dch Molecular Diagnostics, Inc. Methods and compositions for detecting bacterial contamination
US9352315B2 (en) 2013-09-27 2016-05-31 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Method to produce chemical pattern in micro-fluidic structure
US10851414B2 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-12-01 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for determining carrier status
EP3058096A1 (en) 2013-10-18 2016-08-24 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for assessing a genomic region of a subject
US10540783B2 (en) * 2013-11-01 2020-01-21 Illumina, Inc. Image analysis useful for patterned objects
CA2929596C (en) 2013-11-13 2022-07-05 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Compositions and methods for identification of a duplicate sequencing read
PL3077943T3 (en) 2013-12-03 2020-11-30 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for analyzing image data
CN107002117B (en) 2013-12-05 2021-12-10 生捷科技控股公司 Nucleic acid sequencing method
EP3628747B1 (en) 2013-12-05 2022-10-05 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Fabrication of patterned arrays
EP3077430A4 (en) * 2013-12-05 2017-08-16 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Modified surfaces
AU2014364006B2 (en) 2013-12-10 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Biosensors for biological or chemical analysis and methods of manufacturing the same
US10767222B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2020-09-08 Accuragen Holdings Limited Compositions and methods for detecting rare sequence variants
WO2015089238A1 (en) 2013-12-11 2015-06-18 Genapsys, Inc. Systems and methods for biological analysis and computation
US11859246B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2024-01-02 Accuragen Holdings Limited Methods and compositions for enrichment of amplification products
US11286519B2 (en) 2013-12-11 2022-03-29 Accuragen Holdings Limited Methods and compositions for enrichment of amplification products
WO2015095226A2 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 Illumina, Inc. Preserving genomic connectivity information in fragmented genomic dna samples
WO2015103225A1 (en) 2013-12-31 2015-07-09 Illumina, Inc. Addressable flow cell using patterned electrodes
US9677132B2 (en) 2014-01-16 2017-06-13 Illumina, Inc. Polynucleotide modification on solid support
KR102001554B1 (en) * 2014-01-16 2019-07-18 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Amplicon preparation and sequencing on solid supports
US9944924B2 (en) 2014-01-16 2018-04-17 Illumina, Inc. Polynucleotide modification on solid support
CA2939642C (en) 2014-02-13 2022-05-31 Illumina, Inc. Integrated consumer genomic services
WO2015126766A1 (en) 2014-02-18 2015-08-27 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for dna profiling
WO2015131107A1 (en) 2014-02-28 2015-09-03 Nugen Technologies, Inc. Reduced representation bisulfite sequencing with diversity adaptors
WO2015134787A2 (en) 2014-03-05 2015-09-11 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Methods using randomer-containing synthetic molecules
PL3116900T3 (en) 2014-03-09 2021-03-08 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions useful in treatment of ornithine transcarbamylase (otc) deficiency
EP3116651B1 (en) 2014-03-11 2020-04-22 Illumina, Inc. Disposable, integrated microfluidic cartridge and methods of making it
EP2921556A1 (en) 2014-03-21 2015-09-23 Lexogen GmbH Copy number preserving RNA analysis method
US11060139B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2021-07-13 Centrillion Technology Holdings Corporation Methods for sequencing nucleic acids
US11390921B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2022-07-19 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Determining WT-1 specific T cells and WT-1 specific T cell receptors (TCRs)
US10066265B2 (en) 2014-04-01 2018-09-04 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Determining antigen-specific t-cells
ES2777529T3 (en) 2014-04-17 2020-08-05 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp Quantification of adaptive immune cell genomes in a complex mixture of cells
WO2015161054A2 (en) 2014-04-18 2015-10-22 Genapsys, Inc. Methods and systems for nucleic acid amplification
CN106460070B (en) 2014-04-21 2021-10-08 纳特拉公司 Detection of mutations and ploidy in chromosomal segments
WO2015166768A1 (en) * 2014-05-02 2015-11-05 国立大学法人金沢大学 Method for analyzing nucleic acid derived from single cell
GB201408077D0 (en) 2014-05-07 2014-06-18 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Polymethine compounds and their use as fluorescent labels
EP3140428B1 (en) * 2014-05-08 2021-07-28 Fluidigm Corporation Method of tagging nucleic acid sequences
US11053548B2 (en) 2014-05-12 2021-07-06 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Methods for detecting aneuploidy
SG11201610168YA (en) 2014-05-16 2017-01-27 Illumina Inc Nucleic acid synthesis techniques
EP3148697A1 (en) 2014-05-27 2017-04-05 Illumina, Inc. Systems and methods for biochemical analysis including a base instrument and a removable cartridge
GB201409777D0 (en) 2014-06-02 2014-07-16 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Methods of reducing density-dependent GC bias in isothermal amplification
US20150353989A1 (en) 2014-06-09 2015-12-10 Illumina Cambridge Limited Sample preparation for nucleic acid amplification
GB201410420D0 (en) 2014-06-11 2014-07-23 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Methods for estimating cluster numbers
GB201410646D0 (en) 2014-06-14 2014-07-30 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Methods of increasing sequencing accuracy
US10017759B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2018-07-10 Illumina, Inc. Library preparation of tagged nucleic acid
JP6803327B2 (en) 2014-08-06 2020-12-23 ニューゲン テクノロジーズ， インコーポレイテッド Digital measurements from targeted sequencing
AU2015302059B2 (en) 2014-08-12 2020-02-06 Nextgen Jane, Inc. System and method for monitoring health based on collected bodily fluid
US10174383B2 (en) 2014-08-13 2019-01-08 Vanadis Diagnostics Method of estimating the amount of a methylated locus in a sample
US11408024B2 (en) 2014-09-10 2022-08-09 Molecular Loop Biosciences, Inc. Methods for selectively suppressing non-target sequences
WO2016040602A1 (en) 2014-09-11 2016-03-17 Epicentre Technologies Corporation Reduced representation bisulfite sequencing using uracil n-glycosylase (ung) and endonuclease iv
US10590483B2 (en) 2014-09-15 2020-03-17 Abvitro Llc High-throughput nucleotide library sequencing
JP2017536087A (en) 2014-09-24 2017-12-07 グッド スタート ジェネティクス， インコーポレイテッド Process control to increase the robustness of genetic assays
US9574991B2 (en) 2014-10-14 2017-02-21 Omnivision Technologies, Inc. High-throughput fluorescence imaging system and device with sample heating capability, and associated methods
US9897791B2 (en) 2014-10-16 2018-02-20 Illumina, Inc. Optical scanning systems for in situ genetic analysis
RU2709655C2 (en) 2014-10-17 2019-12-19 Иллумина Кембридж Лимитед Transposition with preservation of gene adhesion
EP3715455A1 (en) 2014-10-29 2020-09-30 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Highly-multiplexed simultaneous detection of nucleic acids encoding paired adaptive immune receptor heterodimers from many samples
GB201419731D0 (en) 2014-11-05 2014-12-17 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Sequencing from multiple primers to increase data rate and density
DK3215616T3 (en) 2014-11-05 2020-03-02 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Reducing DNA damage during sample preparation and sequencing using siderophore chelators
EP3215846B1 (en) 2014-11-05 2020-03-11 Nirmidas Biotech, Inc. Metal composites for enhanced imaging
EP3218513B1 (en) 2014-11-11 2018-10-31 Illumina, Inc. Polynucleotide amplification using crispr-cas systems
CN107208019B (en) 2014-11-11 2021-01-01 伊鲁米纳剑桥有限公司 Methods and arrays for the generation and sequencing of nucleic acid monoclonal clusters
US10246701B2 (en) 2014-11-14 2019-04-02 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Multiplexed digital quantitation of rearranged lymphoid receptors in a complex mixture
WO2016081712A1 (en) 2014-11-19 2016-05-26 Bigdatabio, Llc Systems and methods for genomic manipulations and analysis
US11066705B2 (en) 2014-11-25 2021-07-20 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Characterization of adaptive immune response to vaccination or infection using immune repertoire sequencing
US20180127804A1 (en) 2014-12-05 2018-05-10 Amyris, Inc. High-throughput sequencing of polynucleotides
CA3010579A1 (en) 2015-01-06 2016-07-14 Good Start Genetics, Inc. Screening for structural variants
KR20200020997A (en) 2015-02-10 2020-02-26 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 The method and the composition for analyzing the cellular constituent
AU2016220404B2 (en) 2015-02-17 2021-05-27 Mgi Tech Co., Ltd. DNA sequencing using controlled strand displacement
EP3591074B1 (en) 2015-02-24 2024-10-23 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Methods for diagnosing infectious disease and determining hla status using immune repertoire sequencing
EP3271073B1 (en) 2015-03-20 2019-06-12 Illumina, Inc. Fluidics cartridge for use in the vertical or substantially vertical position
EP3277839B1 (en) * 2015-03-31 2020-12-02 Illumina Cambridge Limited Surface concatamerization of templates
EP3277294B1 (en) 2015-04-01 2024-05-15 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Method of identifying human compatible t cell receptors specific for an antigenic target
FI3901281T3 (en) 2015-04-10 2023-01-31 Spatially distinguished, multiplex nucleic acid analysis of biological specimens
US10844428B2 (en) 2015-04-28 2020-11-24 Illumina, Inc. Error suppression in sequenced DNA fragments using redundant reads with unique molecular indices (UMIS)
EP4428863A2 (en) 2015-05-11 2024-09-11 Natera, Inc. Methods and compositions for determining ploidy
GB201508858D0 (en) 2015-05-22 2015-07-01 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Polymethine compounds with long stokes shifts and their use as fluorescent labels
US11274333B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2022-03-15 Molecular Cloning Laboratories (MCLAB) LLC Compositions and methods for preparing sequencing libraries
JP6609641B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2019-11-20 イルミナ ケンブリッジ リミテッド Advanced use of surface primers in clusters
US10640809B2 (en) 2015-05-29 2020-05-05 Epicentre Technologies Corporation Methods of analyzing nucleic acids
EP3653728B1 (en) 2015-06-09 2023-02-01 Life Technologies Corporation Methods, systems, compositions, kits, apparatus and computer-readable media for molecular tagging
US10941423B2 (en) * 2015-06-26 2021-03-09 Global Bioenergies Method for the production of isoamyl alcohol
EP3878974A1 (en) 2015-07-06 2021-09-15 Illumina Cambridge Limited Sample preparation for nucleic acid amplification
DK3329012T3 (en) 2015-07-27 2021-10-11 Illumina Inc Spatial mapping of nucleic acid sequence information
US11929149B2 (en) 2015-08-06 2024-03-12 Arc Bio, Llc Systems and methods for genomic analysis
WO2017027653A1 (en) 2015-08-11 2017-02-16 The Johns Hopkins University Assaying ovarian cyst fluid
AU2016308460B2 (en) 2015-08-14 2020-02-06 Illumina, Inc. Systems and methods using magnetically-responsive sensors for determining a genetic characteristic
US10976334B2 (en) 2015-08-24 2021-04-13 Illumina, Inc. In-line pressure accumulator and flow-control system for biological or chemical assays
DE102015011970B4 (en) 2015-09-09 2017-04-06 Scienion Ag Dispenser and dispensing method
CN107922929A (en) 2015-09-09 2018-04-17 凯杰有限公司 Polymerase
US10450598B2 (en) 2015-09-11 2019-10-22 Illumina, Inc. Systems and methods for obtaining a droplet having a designated concentration of a substance-of-interest
GB201516987D0 (en) 2015-09-25 2015-11-11 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Polymethine compounds and their use as fluorescent labels
EP3359669B1 (en) 2015-10-06 2020-05-13 Pierce Biotechnology, Inc. Devices and methods for producing proteins
US10577643B2 (en) 2015-10-07 2020-03-03 Illumina, Inc. Off-target capture reduction in sequencing techniques
CN114807323A (en) 2015-10-09 2022-07-29 安可济控股有限公司 Methods and compositions for enriching amplification products
WO2017087724A1 (en) 2015-11-17 2017-05-26 Omniome, Inc. Methods for determining sequence profiles
CN108699505A (en) 2015-12-03 2018-10-23 安可济控股有限公司 It is used to form the method and composition of connection product
CA3007635A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2017-06-15 Zymergen Inc. Promoters from corynebacterium glutamicum
US9988624B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2018-06-05 Zymergen Inc. Microbial strain improvement by a HTP genomic engineering platform
US11208649B2 (en) 2015-12-07 2021-12-28 Zymergen Inc. HTP genomic engineering platform
KR20190090081A (en) 2015-12-07 2019-07-31 지머젠 인코포레이티드 Microbial Strain Improvement by a HTP Genomic Engineering Platform
EP3387152B1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2022-01-26 Twinstrand Biosciences, Inc. Improved adapters, methods, and compositions for duplex sequencing
EP3433373B1 (en) 2016-03-22 2022-01-12 Myriad Women's Health, Inc. Combinatorial dna screening
EP3442706A4 (en) 2016-04-13 2020-02-19 NextGen Jane, Inc. Sample collection and preservation devices, systems and methods
EP3235905A1 (en) 2016-04-20 2017-10-25 QIAGEN GmbH Method for generating a stranded rna library
EP4269611A3 (en) 2016-05-11 2024-01-17 Illumina, Inc. Polynucleotide enrichment and amplification using argonaute systems
EP3458586B1 (en) 2016-05-16 2022-12-28 Accuragen Holdings Limited Method of improved sequencing by strand identification
US11708574B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2023-07-25 Myriad Women's Health, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing adapters and uses thereof
KR102345898B1 (en) 2016-06-30 2022-01-03 지머젠 인코포레이티드 Methods for generating glucose permeabilization enzyme libraries and uses thereof
WO2018005655A2 (en) 2016-06-30 2018-01-04 Zymergen Inc. Methods for generating a bacterial hemoglobin library and uses thereof
CN116397014A (en) 2016-07-20 2023-07-07 测序健康公司 Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
US11535883B2 (en) 2016-07-22 2022-12-27 Illumina, Inc. Single cell whole genome libraries and combinatorial indexing methods of making thereof
WO2018035170A1 (en) 2016-08-15 2018-02-22 Accuragen Holdings Limited Compositions and methods for detecting rare sequence variants
BR112019003577A2 (en) 2016-08-22 2019-05-21 Biolumic Ltd seed treatment methods and resulting products
US10428325B1 (en) 2016-09-21 2019-10-01 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Identification of antigen-specific B cell receptors
RU2768718C2 (en) 2016-09-22 2022-03-24 Иллумина, Инк. Detection of somatic variation of number of copies
US10385214B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-08-20 Illumina Cambridge Limited Fluorescent dyes and their uses as biomarkers
US11485996B2 (en) 2016-10-04 2022-11-01 Natera, Inc. Methods for characterizing copy number variation using proximity-litigation sequencing
MY194951A (en) 2016-10-14 2022-12-28 Illumina Inc Cartridge assembly
DE102016120124B8 (en) 2016-10-21 2018-08-23 Gna Biosolutions Gmbh A method of conducting a polymerase chain reaction and apparatus for carrying out the method
US10650312B2 (en) 2016-11-16 2020-05-12 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid-based data storage
CA3043887A1 (en) 2016-11-16 2018-05-24 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid-based data storage
US10011870B2 (en) 2016-12-07 2018-07-03 Natera, Inc. Compositions and methods for identifying nucleic acid molecules
EP4257596A3 (en) 2016-12-22 2023-12-06 Illumina Cambridge Limited Coumarin compounds and their uses as fluorescent labels
KR102385560B1 (en) 2017-01-06 2022-04-11 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Paging Correction
BR112019014042A2 (en) 2017-01-17 2020-02-04 Illumina Inc determination of oncogenic splice variant
EP3889962A1 (en) 2017-01-18 2021-10-06 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for generation and error-correction of unique molecular index sets with heterogeneous molecular lengths
AU2017394645B2 (en) 2017-01-20 2020-01-23 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Genotyping by polymerase binding
SG11201906567YA (en) 2017-01-20 2019-08-27 Omniome Inc Allele-specific capture of nucleic acids
US10968447B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-04-06 Myriad Women's Health, Inc. Methods and compositions for enrichment of target polynucleotides
US10752946B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2020-08-25 Myriad Women's Health, Inc. Methods and compositions for enrichment of target polynucleotides
WO2018148724A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 Qiagen Waltham Inc. Polymerase enzyme from pyrococcus furiosus
WO2018148727A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 Qiagen Waltham Inc. Polymerase enzyme from 9°n
WO2018148723A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 Qiagen Waltham Inc. Polymerase enzyme from pyrococcus abyssi
WO2018148726A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 Qiagen Waltham Inc. Polymerase enzyme from phage t4
US20200002689A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2020-01-02 Qiagen Sciences, Llc Polymerase enzyme from 9°n
LT3589730T (en) 2017-02-28 2024-03-12 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Adeno-associated virus (aav) clade f vector and uses therefor
JOP20190200A1 (en) 2017-02-28 2019-08-27 Univ Pennsylvania Compositions useful in treatment of spinal muscular atrophy
EP3601611B1 (en) 2017-03-24 2022-01-05 Life Technologies Corporation Polynucleotide adapters and methods of use thereof
WO2018183942A1 (en) 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Grail, Inc. Improved library preparation and use thereof for sequencing-based error correction and/or variant identification
WO2018197945A1 (en) 2017-04-23 2018-11-01 Illumina Cambridge Limited Compositions and methods for improving sample identification in indexed nucleic acid libraries
CA3059952C (en) 2017-04-23 2023-04-18 Illumina Cambridge Limited Compositions and methods for improving sample identification in indexed nucleic acid libraries
AU2018259206B2 (en) 2017-04-23 2024-07-11 Illumina Cambridge Limited Compositions and methods for improving sample identification in indexed nucleic acid libraries
CA3060979C (en) 2017-04-23 2023-07-11 Illumina Cambridge Limited Compositions and methods for improving sample identification in indexed nucleic acid libraries
SG11201909697TA (en) 2017-05-01 2019-11-28 Illumina Inc Optimal index sequences for multiplex massively parallel sequencing
DK3622089T3 (en) 2017-05-08 2024-10-14 Illumina Inc PROCEDURE FOR SEQUENCE USING UNIVERSAL SHORT ADAPTERS FOR INDEXING POLYNUCLEOTIDE SAMPLES
AU2018265531B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2024-07-11 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Gene therapy for neuronal ceroid lipofuscinoses
WO2018213796A1 (en) 2017-05-19 2018-11-22 Zymergen Inc. Genomic engineering of biosynthetic pathways leading to increased nadph
WO2018213803A1 (en) 2017-05-19 2018-11-22 Neon Therapeutics, Inc. Immunogenic neoantigen identification
WO2018226900A2 (en) 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. A htp genomic engineering platform for improving fungal strains
WO2018226880A1 (en) 2017-06-06 2018-12-13 Zymergen Inc. A htp genomic engineering platform for improving escherichia coli
CN110869502A (en) 2017-06-06 2020-03-06 齐默尔根公司 High throughput transposon mutagenesis
EP3635110A2 (en) 2017-06-06 2020-04-15 Zymergen, Inc. A high-throughput (htp) genomic engineering platform for improving saccharopolyspora spinosa
KR102628035B1 (en) 2017-06-07 2024-01-22 오레곤 헬스 앤드 사이언스 유니버시티 Single cell whole genome library for methylation sequencing
WO2018236631A1 (en) 2017-06-20 2018-12-27 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for addressing inefficiencies in amplification reactions
GB201711219D0 (en) 2017-07-12 2017-08-23 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Short pendant arm linkers for nucleotides in sequencing applications
WO2019027767A1 (en) 2017-07-31 2019-02-07 Illumina Inc. Sequencing system with multiplexed biological sample aggregation
US11352668B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2022-06-07 Illumina, Inc. Spatial indexing of genetic material and library preparation using hydrogel beads and flow cells
NZ759924A (en) 2017-08-01 2023-07-28 Illumina Inc Hydrogel beads for nucleotide sequencing
JP6998404B2 (en) 2017-08-01 2022-02-04 深▲セン▼恒特基因有限公司 Method for enriching and determining the target nucleotide sequence
WO2019038594A2 (en) 2017-08-21 2019-02-28 Biolumic Limited High growth and high hardiness transgenic plants
SK862017A3 (en) 2017-08-24 2020-05-04 Grendar Marian Doc Mgr Phd Method of using fetal fraction and chromosome representation in the determination of aneuploid state in non-invasive prenatal testing
US11447818B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2022-09-20 Illumina, Inc. Universal short adapters with variable length non-random unique molecular identifiers
CN111566224A (en) 2017-09-21 2020-08-21 吉纳普赛斯股份有限公司 Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
GB201716931D0 (en) 2017-10-16 2017-11-29 Illumina Cambridge Ltd New fluorescent compounds and their use as biomarkers
US11099202B2 (en) 2017-10-20 2021-08-24 Tecan Genomics, Inc. Reagent delivery system
NZ758684A (en) 2017-11-06 2024-07-26 Illumina Inc Nucleic acid indexing techniques
AU2018366213A1 (en) 2017-11-08 2020-05-14 Twinstrand Biosciences, Inc. Reagents and adapters for nucleic acid sequencing and methods for making such reagents and adapters
JP7019200B2 (en) 2017-11-13 2022-02-15 ザ マルチプル ミエローマ リサーチ ファウンデーション， インコーポレイテッド An integrated molecular, omics, immunotherapy, metabolic, epigenetic, and clinical database
KR102402002B1 (en) 2017-11-16 2022-05-25 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Systems and Methods for Determining Microsatellite Instability
US11254980B1 (en) 2017-11-29 2022-02-22 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corporation Methods of profiling targeted polynucleotides while mitigating sequencing depth requirements
IL271235B1 (en) 2017-11-30 2024-08-01 Illumina Inc Validation methods and systems for sequence variant calls
US12084720B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2024-09-10 Natera, Inc. Assessing graft suitability for transplantation
WO2019136376A1 (en) 2018-01-08 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. High-throughput sequencing with semiconductor-based detection
DK3622272T3 (en) 2018-01-08 2021-11-15 Illumina Inc FACILITIES FOR HIGH-PURPOSE SEQUENCE WITH SEMICONDUCTOR-BASED DETECTION
DK3752634T3 (en) 2018-02-13 2022-10-24 Illumina Inc DNA Sequencing Using Hydrogel Beads / DNA sequencing using hydrogel beads
JP7364604B2 (en) 2018-03-16 2023-10-18 カタログ テクノロジーズ， インコーポレイテッド Chemical methods for nucleic acid-based data storage
KR20200132870A (en) 2018-03-20 2020-11-25 지머젠 인코포레이티드 HTP platform for genetic manipulation of Chinese hamster ovary cells
US11203782B2 (en) 2018-03-29 2021-12-21 Accuragen Holdings Limited Compositions and methods comprising asymmetric barcoding
JP6974504B2 (en) 2018-04-02 2021-12-01 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Compositions and Methods for Making Controls for Sequence-Based Genetic Testing
AU2019247652A1 (en) 2018-04-02 2020-10-15 Enumera Molecular, Inc. Methods, systems, and compositions for counting nucleic acid molecules
EP3553182A1 (en) 2018-04-11 2019-10-16 Université de Bourgogne Detection method of somatic genetic anomalies, combination of capture probes and kit of detection
CA3090426A1 (en) 2018-04-14 2019-10-17 Natera, Inc. Methods for cancer detection and monitoring by means of personalized detection of circulating tumor dna
CA3067181A1 (en) 2018-04-20 2019-10-24 Illumina, Inc. Methods of encapsulating single cells, the encapsulated cells and uses thereof
FI3794012T3 (en) 2018-05-15 2024-01-08 Illumina Inc Compositions and methods for chemical cleavage and deprotection of surface-bound oligonucleotides
AU2019270159A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2020-12-03 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleic acid-based data storage
BR112020005982A2 (en) 2018-05-17 2020-12-08 Illumina, Inc. HIGH PERFORMANCE SINGLE CELL SEQUENCING WITH REDUCED AMPLIFICATION BIAS
SG11202000905PA (en) 2018-06-04 2020-02-27 Illumina Inc High-throughput single-cell transcriptome libraries and methods of making and of using
US12049665B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2024-07-30 Accuragen Holdings Limited Methods and compositions for forming ligation products
US11525159B2 (en) 2018-07-03 2022-12-13 Natera, Inc. Methods for detection of donor-derived cell-free DNA
NL2021377B1 (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-08 Illumina Inc Interposer with first and second adhesive layers
KR20210059694A (en) 2018-07-12 2021-05-25 트윈스트랜드 바이오사이언시스, 인코포레이티드 Methods and reagents for identifying genome editing, clonal expansion, and related fields
WO2020036991A1 (en) 2018-08-15 2020-02-20 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for improving library enrichment
EP3844308A1 (en) 2018-08-28 2021-07-07 10X Genomics, Inc. Resolving spatial arrays
EP3844304B1 (en) 2018-08-28 2024-10-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for generating spatially barcoded arrays
US20210317517A1 (en) 2018-08-28 2021-10-14 Sophia Genetics S.A. Methods for asymmetric dna library generation and optionally integrated duplex sequencing
US11519033B2 (en) 2018-08-28 2022-12-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for transposase-mediated spatial tagging and analyzing genomic DNA in a biological sample
EP3853358A1 (en) 2018-09-17 2021-07-28 Omniome, Inc. Engineered polymerases for improved sequencing
EP3870704A4 (en) 2018-10-25 2023-01-11 Illumina, Inc. Methods and compositions for identifying ligands on arrays using indexes and barcodes
WO2020086843A1 (en) 2018-10-26 2020-04-30 Illumina, Inc. Modulating polymer beads for dna processing
NL2022043B1 (en) 2018-11-21 2020-06-03 Akershus Univ Hf Tagmentation-Associated Multiplex PCR Enrichment Sequencing
EP3887540B1 (en) 2018-11-30 2023-08-23 Illumina, Inc. Analysis of multiple analytes using a single assay
SG11202012762WA (en) 2018-12-05 2021-01-28 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Methods and compositions for cluster generation by bridge amplification
EP3894587A1 (en) 2018-12-10 2021-10-20 10X Genomics, Inc. Resolving spatial arrays by proximity-based deconvolution
SG11202012748TA (en) 2018-12-14 2021-01-28 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Decreasing phasing with unlabeled nucleotides during sequencing
CA3103744A1 (en) 2018-12-17 2020-06-25 Pietro GATTI-LAFRANCONI Compositions for use in polynucleotide sequencing
CA3103750A1 (en) 2018-12-17 2020-06-25 Illumina Cambridge Limited Primer oligonucleotide for sequencing
WO2020126602A1 (en) 2018-12-18 2020-06-25 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and compositions for paired end sequencing using a single surface primer
JP2022512264A (en) 2018-12-19 2022-02-03 イラミーナ インコーポレーテッド Methods for improving the clonality of polynucleotide clusters
US11293061B2 (en) 2018-12-26 2022-04-05 Illumina Cambridge Limited Sequencing methods using nucleotides with 3′ AOM blocking group
US11926867B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
US11649485B2 (en) 2019-01-06 2023-05-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Generating capture probes for spatial analysis
US20220112557A1 (en) 2019-01-10 2022-04-14 Iovance Biotherapeutics, Inc. System and methods for monitoring adoptive cell therapy clonality and persistence
SK500482021A3 (en) 2019-02-20 2021-12-07 Comenius University In Bratislava Method for determining the uncertainty of the degree of placental mosaicism of a sample in non-invasive prenatal screening
CN114174531A (en) 2019-02-28 2022-03-11 10X基因组学有限公司 Profiling of biological analytes with spatially barcoded oligonucleotide arrays
US20220033805A1 (en) 2019-03-01 2022-02-03 Sanjay Srivatsan High-throughput single-nuclei and single-cell libraries and methods of making and of using
MX2020013384A (en) 2019-03-01 2021-04-28 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Exocyclic amine-substituted coumarin compounds and their uses as fluorescent labels.
NL2023327B1 (en) 2019-03-01 2020-09-17 Illumina Inc Multiplexed fluorescent detection of analytes
KR20210134210A (en) 2019-03-01 2021-11-09 일루미나 케임브리지 리미티드 Tertiary amine substituted coumarin compounds and their use as fluorescent labels
WO2020178231A1 (en) 2019-03-01 2020-09-10 Illumina, Inc. Multiplexed fluorescent detection of analytes
WO2020190509A1 (en) 2019-03-15 2020-09-24 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for using spatial arrays for single cell sequencing
NL2023316B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-28 Illumina Inc Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
WO2020191387A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-24 Illumina, Inc. Artificial intelligence-based base calling
US11210554B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2021-12-28 Illumina, Inc. Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
NL2023311B9 (en) 2019-03-21 2021-03-12 Illumina Inc Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
NL2023310B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-28 Illumina Inc Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
NL2023312B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-09-28 Illumina Inc Artificial intelligence-based base calling
WO2020198071A1 (en) 2019-03-22 2020-10-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Three-dimensional spatial analysis
US11421271B2 (en) 2019-03-28 2022-08-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing using photoswitchable labels
WO2020206170A1 (en) 2019-04-02 2020-10-08 Progenity, Inc. Methods, systems, and compositions for counting nucleic acid molecules
GB201905303D0 (en) 2019-04-15 2019-05-29 Thermo Fisher Scient Geneart Gmbh Multiplex assembly of nucleic acid molecules
EP3963104A4 (en) * 2019-05-03 2023-11-08 Ultima Genomics, Inc. Fast-forward sequencing by synthesis methods
EP3966823A1 (en) 2019-05-09 2022-03-16 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Data structures and operations for searching, computing, and indexing in dna-based data storage
WO2020243579A1 (en) 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of detecting spatial heterogeneity of a biological sample
BR112021012755A2 (en) 2019-07-12 2022-04-26 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Compositions and methods for preparing nucleic acid sequencing libraries using crispr/cas9 immobilized on a solid support
BR112021026562A2 (en) 2019-09-20 2022-11-29 Illumina Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS TO IDENTIFY BINDERS IN ARRANGEMENTS USING INDICES AND BAR CODES
US11111507B2 (en) 2019-09-23 2021-09-07 Zymergen Inc. Method for counterselection in microorganisms
EP4038546B1 (en) 2019-10-01 2024-08-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying morphological patterns in tissue samples
US11535842B2 (en) 2019-10-11 2022-12-27 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid security and authentication
WO2021091611A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatially-tagged analyte capture agents for analyte multiplexing
EP4025711A2 (en) 2019-11-08 2022-07-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Enhancing specificity of analyte binding
US20210139867A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-13 Omniome, Inc. Engineered polymerases for improved sequencing by binding
EP4062373A1 (en) 2019-11-21 2022-09-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis of analytes
EP4065646A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2022-10-05 Illumina Cambridge Limited Cyclooctatetraene containing dyes and compositions
CA3134746A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Illumina, Inc. High-throughput single-cell libraries and methods of making and of using
WO2021133842A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-07-01 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for using fixed biological samples in partition-based assays
US20210189483A1 (en) 2019-12-23 2021-06-24 Mgi Tech Co. Ltd. Controlled strand-displacement for paired end sequencing
EP4424843A3 (en) 2019-12-23 2024-09-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using rna-templated ligation
US11702693B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-07-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for printing cells and generating arrays of barcoded cells
US11732299B2 (en) 2020-01-21 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial assays with perturbed cells
US11821035B1 (en) 2020-01-29 2023-11-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods of making gene expression libraries
US12076701B2 (en) 2020-01-31 2024-09-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Capturing oligonucleotides in spatial transcriptomics
US12110541B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-10-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for preparing high-resolution spatial arrays
US12059674B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-08-13 Tecan Genomics, Inc. Reagent storage system
US11898205B2 (en) 2020-02-03 2024-02-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing capture efficiency of spatial assays
US12112833B2 (en) 2020-02-04 2024-10-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Systems and methods for index hopping filtering
US11732300B2 (en) 2020-02-05 2023-08-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Increasing efficiency of spatial analysis in a biological sample
US11835462B2 (en) 2020-02-11 2023-12-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for partitioning a biological sample
CN115349128A (en) 2020-02-13 2022-11-15 齐默尔根公司 Metagenomic libraries and natural product discovery platform
US20210254140A1 (en) 2020-02-17 2021-08-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Situ analysis of chromatin interaction
CA3168202A1 (en) 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 Felice Alessio BAVA Methods and compositions for integrated in situ spatial assay
US11891654B2 (en) 2020-02-24 2024-02-06 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of making gene expression libraries
US11926863B1 (en) 2020-02-27 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Solid state single cell method for analyzing fixed biological cells
US11768175B1 (en) 2020-03-04 2023-09-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Electrophoretic methods for spatial analysis
KR20220151101A (en) 2020-03-09 2022-11-14 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Methods of sequencing polynucleotides
WO2021180724A1 (en) 2020-03-09 2021-09-16 Illumina, Inc. Improvements in nucleic acid sequencing
CN115916999A (en) 2020-04-22 2023-04-04 10X基因组学有限公司 Methods for spatial analysis using targeted RNA depletion
US20230207059A1 (en) 2020-05-08 2023-06-29 Illumina, Inc. Genome sequencing and detection techniques
US11306353B2 (en) 2020-05-11 2022-04-19 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Programs and functions in DNA-based data storage
JP2023526062A (en) 2020-05-12 2023-06-20 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Generation of Nucleic Acids with Modified Bases Using Recombinant Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase
AU2021275906A1 (en) 2020-05-22 2022-12-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis to detect sequence variants
EP4414459A3 (en) 2020-05-22 2024-09-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity
WO2021242834A1 (en) 2020-05-26 2021-12-02 10X Genomics, Inc. Method for resetting an array
AU2021283184A1 (en) 2020-06-02 2023-01-05 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial transcriptomics for antigen-receptors
EP4025692A2 (en) 2020-06-02 2022-07-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid library methods
US12031177B1 (en) 2020-06-04 2024-07-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of enhancing spatial resolution of transcripts
WO2021252499A1 (en) 2020-06-08 2021-12-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof
WO2021252617A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Illumina, Inc. Methods for increasing yield of sequencing libraries
EP4165207B1 (en) 2020-06-10 2024-09-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for determining a location of an analyte in a biological sample
JP2023531009A (en) 2020-06-22 2023-07-20 イルミナ ケンブリッジ リミテッド Nucleosides and nucleotides with 3' acetal blocking groups
EP4450639A2 (en) 2020-06-25 2024-10-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis of dna methylation
EP4172364A1 (en) 2020-06-30 2023-05-03 Illumina, Inc. Catalytically controlled sequencing by synthesis to produce scarless dna
CN115843315A (en) 2020-07-02 2023-03-24 伊鲁米纳公司 Method for calibrating nucleic acid library inoculation efficiency in flow cell
US11761038B1 (en) 2020-07-06 2023-09-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for identifying a location of an RNA in a biological sample
US11981960B1 (en) 2020-07-06 2024-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Spatial analysis utilizing degradable hydrogels
JP2023532905A (en) 2020-07-08 2023-08-01 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Beads as transposome carriers
US11981964B2 (en) 2020-07-28 2024-05-14 Illumina Cambridge Limited Substituted coumarin dyes and uses as fluorescent labels
IL300112A (en) 2020-08-06 2023-03-01 Illumina Inc Preparation of rna and dna sequencing libraries using bead-linked transposomes
WO2022040176A1 (en) 2020-08-18 2022-02-24 Illumina, Inc. Sequence-specific targeted transposition and selection and sorting of nucleic acids
US11981958B1 (en) 2020-08-20 2024-05-14 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using DNA capture
WO2022053610A1 (en) 2020-09-11 2022-03-17 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods of enriching a target sequence from a sequencing library using hairpin adaptors
US11926822B1 (en) 2020-09-23 2024-03-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Three-dimensional spatial analysis
IL302207A (en) 2020-10-21 2023-06-01 Illumina Inc Sequencing templates comprising multiple inserts and compositions and methods for improving sequencing throughput
US12071667B2 (en) 2020-11-04 2024-08-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Sequence analysis using meta-stable nucleic acid molecules
US11827935B1 (en) 2020-11-19 2023-11-28 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for spatial analysis using rolling circle amplification and detection probes
WO2022119812A1 (en) 2020-12-02 2022-06-09 Illumina Software, Inc. System and method for detection of genetic alterations
EP4012046A1 (en) 2020-12-11 2022-06-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for multimodal in situ analysis
US20220195517A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Long stokes shift chromenoquinoline dyes and uses in sequencing applications
US20220195196A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Alkylpyridinium coumarin dyes and uses in sequencing applications
US20220195516A1 (en) 2020-12-17 2022-06-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods, systems and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
AU2021409136A1 (en) 2020-12-21 2023-06-29 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes
US20220195518A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2022-06-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing
US12060603B2 (en) 2021-01-19 2024-08-13 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for internally controlled in situ assays using padlock probes
CN116724125A (en) 2021-01-26 2023-09-08 10X基因组学有限公司 Nucleic acid analogue probes for in situ analysis
CN117043352A (en) 2021-01-29 2023-11-10 伊鲁米纳公司 Methods, compositions and kits for improving the seeding efficiency of a flow cell using polynucleotides
AU2022214429A1 (en) 2021-02-01 2023-09-14 Regenxbio Inc. Gene therapy for neuronal ceroid lipofuscinoses
MX2023009046A (en) 2021-02-04 2023-08-10 Illumina Inc Long indexed-linked read generation on transposome bound beads.
WO2022178267A2 (en) 2021-02-19 2022-08-25 10X Genomics, Inc. Modular assay support devices
WO2022187366A1 (en) 2021-03-03 2022-09-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Analyte detection in situ using nucleic acid origami
EP4301870A1 (en) 2021-03-18 2024-01-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Multiplex capture of gene and protein expression from a biological sample
CN117222747A (en) 2021-03-22 2023-12-12 伊鲁米纳剑桥有限公司 Methods for improving clonality of nucleic acid clusters
KR20230160898A (en) 2021-03-24 2023-11-24 카탈로그 테크놀로지스, 인크. Fixed-point number representation and calculation circuit
EP4314328A1 (en) 2021-03-29 2024-02-07 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for assessing dna damage in a library and normalizing amplicon size bias
JP2024511766A (en) 2021-03-29 2024-03-15 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Improved library preparation method
IL307172A (en) 2021-03-30 2023-11-01 Illumina Inc Improved methods of isothermal complementary dna and library preparation
JP2024511760A (en) 2021-03-31 2024-03-15 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Method for preparing directional tagmentation sequencing libraries using transposon-based technology with unique molecular identifiers for error correction
MX2023011660A (en) 2021-03-31 2023-12-11 Illumina Cambridge Ltd Nucleic acid library sequencing techniques with adapter dimer detection.
CA3214148A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-10-06 Brandon Tyler WESTERBERG Machine-learning model for detecting a bubble within a nucleotide-sample slide for sequencing
US20240218436A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2024-07-04 Illumina, Inc. Amplification techniques for nucleic acid characterization
JP2024516191A (en) 2021-05-05 2024-04-12 イルミナ ケンブリッジ リミテッド Fluorescent dyes containing bis-boron fused heterocycles and their use in sequencing - Patents.com
BR112023024130A2 (en) 2021-05-20 2024-01-30 Illumina Cambridge Ltd COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SEQUENCING BY SYNTHESIS
CN113293205A (en) 2021-05-24 2021-08-24 深圳市真迈生物科技有限公司 Sequencing method
CN117396613A (en) 2021-06-01 2024-01-12 10X基因组学有限公司 Methods and compositions for analyte detection and probe resolution
US20230084407A1 (en) 2021-06-02 2023-03-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Sample analysis using asymmetric circularizable probes
EP4347879A1 (en) 2021-06-03 2024-04-10 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, kits, and systems for enhancing analyte capture for spatial analysis
US20220403450A1 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-22 Illumina Software, Inc. Systems and methods for sequencing nucleotides using two optical channels
US11220707B1 (en) 2021-06-17 2022-01-11 Element Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods for pairwise sequencing
US11859241B2 (en) 2021-06-17 2024-01-02 Element Biosciences, Inc. Compositions and methods for pairwise sequencing
US20220411864A1 (en) 2021-06-23 2022-12-29 Illumina, Inc. Compositions, methods, kits, cartridges, and systems for sequencing reagents
JP2024527307A (en) 2021-06-29 2024-07-24 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド Signal-to-Noise Ratio Metrics for Determining Nucleotide Base Calls and Base Call Quality
WO2023278184A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems to correct crosstalk in illumination emitted from reaction sites
CN117546245A (en) 2021-06-29 2024-02-09 因美纳有限公司 Machine learning model for generating confidence classifications of genomic coordinates
JP2024527306A (en) 2021-06-29 2024-07-24 イルミナ インコーポレイテッド A self-learning base collab trained using oligo sequences
US20230005253A1 (en) 2021-07-01 2023-01-05 Illumina, Inc. Efficient artificial intelligence-based base calling of index sequences
US20230027409A1 (en) 2021-07-13 2023-01-26 Illumina, Inc. Methods and systems for real time extraction of crosstalk in illumination emitted from reaction sites
US20230026886A1 (en) 2021-07-13 2023-01-26 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for preparing polymerized matrix with controllable thickness
KR20240031968A (en) 2021-07-19 2024-03-08 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Intensity extraction with interpolation and adaptation to base calling
US20230021577A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-26 Illumina Software, Inc. Machine-learning model for recalibrating nucleotide-base calls
KR20240037882A (en) 2021-07-28 2024-03-22 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Quality score calibration of the base calling system
US20230057571A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-23 10X Genomics, Inc. Nucleic acid concatemers and methods for stabilizing and/or compacting the same
KR20240035413A (en) 2021-08-03 2024-03-15 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Base calling using the multi-base caller model
EP4326898B1 (en) 2021-08-16 2024-07-31 10X Genomics, Inc. Probes comprising a split barcode region and methods of use
EP4196605A1 (en) 2021-09-01 2023-06-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and kits for blocking a capture probe on a spatial array
CN117580961A (en) 2021-09-01 2024-02-20 Illumina公司 Amplitude modulation for accelerating base interpretation
US20230093253A1 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Illumina, Inc. Automatically identifying failure sources in nucleotide sequencing from base-call-error patterns
KR20240072970A (en) 2021-09-21 2024-05-24 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 Graph reference genome and base determination approaches using imputed haplotypes.
US20230096386A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2023-03-30 Illumina Cambridge Limited Polynucleotide sequencing
WO2023056328A2 (en) 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Illumina, Inc. Solid supports and methods for depleting and/or enriching library fragments prepared from biosamples
CA3239214A1 (en) 2021-11-19 2023-05-23 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Nucleic acid storage for blockchain and non-fungible tokens
WO2023102118A2 (en) 2021-12-01 2023-06-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods, compositions, and systems for improved in situ detection of analytes and spatial analysis
WO2023102354A1 (en) 2021-12-02 2023-06-08 Illumina Software, Inc. Generating cluster-specific-signal corrections for determining nucleotide-base calls
US20230183799A1 (en) 2021-12-10 2023-06-15 Illumina, Inc. Parallel sample and index sequencing
CA3222829A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2023-06-22 Gabriele CANZI Methods for metal directed cleavage of surface-bound polynucleotides
AU2022409487A1 (en) 2021-12-16 2024-01-18 Illumina, Inc. Hybrid clustering
WO2023114394A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 Illumina, Inc. Orthogonal hybridization
CA3222842A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Oliver MILLER Periodate compositions and methods for chemical cleavage of surface-bound polynucleotides
WO2023122491A1 (en) 2021-12-20 2023-06-29 Illumina Cambridge Limited Periodate compositions and methods for chemical cleavage of surface-bound polynucleotides
CN117813397A (en) 2021-12-21 2024-04-02 因美纳有限公司 Wax-microsphere matrix compositions and methods of making and using the same
WO2023122363A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Illumina Software, Inc. Dynamic graphical status summaries for nucelotide sequencing
US20230215515A1 (en) 2021-12-23 2023-07-06 Illumina Software, Inc. Facilitating secure execution of external workflows for genomic sequencing diagnostics
US20230242974A1 (en) 2021-12-27 2023-08-03 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for rolling circle amplification
US20230207050A1 (en) 2021-12-28 2023-06-29 Illumina Software, Inc. Machine learning model for recalibrating nucleotide base calls corresponding to target variants
AU2022424380A1 (en) 2021-12-29 2024-01-18 Illumina, Inc. Methods of nucleic acid sequencing using surface-bound primers
CA3242624A1 (en) 2021-12-29 2023-07-06 Shannon Whitmore Automatically switching variant analysis model versions for genomic analysis applications
WO2023141588A1 (en) 2022-01-21 2023-07-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Multiple readout signals for analyzing a sample
US20240254537A1 (en) 2022-02-23 2024-08-01 Insitro, Inc. Pooled optical screening and transcriptional measurements of cells comprising barcoded genetic perturbations
WO2023164660A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-08-31 Illumina, Inc. Calibration sequences for nucelotide sequencing
CA3224595A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-08-31 Steven Norberg Machine-learning models for detecting and adjusting values for nucleotide methylation levels
AU2023228860A1 (en) 2022-03-04 2024-09-19 Catalog Technologies, Inc. Dna microarrays and component level sequencing for nucleic acid-based data storage and processing
EP4341435A1 (en) 2022-03-15 2024-03-27 Illumina, Inc. Methods of base calling nucleobases
WO2023175040A2 (en) 2022-03-15 2023-09-21 Illumina, Inc. Concurrent sequencing of forward and reverse complement strands on concatenated polynucleotides for methylation detection
CA3223115A1 (en) 2022-03-28 2023-10-05 Xiaolin Wu Labeled avidin and methods for sequencing
AU2023246772A1 (en) 2022-03-29 2024-01-18 Illumina Inc. Chromenoquinoline dyes and uses in sequencing
WO2023186872A1 (en) 2022-03-30 2023-10-05 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods for chemical cleavage of surface-bound polynucleotides
AU2023246851A1 (en) 2022-03-31 2024-01-18 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for improving sequencing signals
WO2023187061A1 (en) 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 Illumina Cambridge Limited Paired-end re-synthesis using blocked p5 primers
AU2023244351A1 (en) 2022-03-31 2024-01-18 Illumina, Inc. Nucleosides and nucleotides with 3' vinyl blocking group useful in sequencing by synthesis
AU2023243205A1 (en) 2022-04-01 2024-09-19 10X Genomics, Inc. Compositions and methods for targeted masking of autofluorescence
WO2023196526A1 (en) 2022-04-06 2023-10-12 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for multiplex cell analysis
CA3223722A1 (en) 2022-04-07 2023-10-12 Illumina, Inc. Altered cytidine deaminases and methods of use
WO2023196528A1 (en) 2022-04-08 2023-10-12 Illumina, Inc. Aptamer dynamic range compression and detection techniques
WO2023212601A1 (en) 2022-04-26 2023-11-02 Illumina, Inc. Machine-learning models for selecting oligonucleotide probes for array technologies
US20230348967A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 Illumina Cambridge Limited Methods and systems for encapsulating lyophilised microspheres
WO2023215612A1 (en) 2022-05-06 2023-11-09 10X Genomics, Inc. Analysis of antigen and antigen receptor interactions
US20230368866A1 (en) 2022-05-10 2023-11-16 Illumina Software, Inc. Adaptive neural network for nucelotide sequencing
WO2023225095A1 (en) 2022-05-18 2023-11-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Preparation of size-controlled nucleic acid fragments
US20230383342A1 (en) 2022-05-31 2023-11-30 Illumina Cambridge Limited Compositions and methods for nucleic acid sequencing
WO2023245190A1 (en) 2022-06-17 2023-12-21 10X Genomics, Inc. Catalytic de-crosslinking of samples for in situ analysis
WO2023250504A1 (en) 2022-06-24 2023-12-28 Illumina Software, Inc. Improving split-read alignment by intelligently identifying and scoring candidate split groups
WO2024006705A1 (en) 2022-06-27 2024-01-04 Illumina Software, Inc. Improved human leukocyte antigen (hla) genotyping
US20230420082A1 (en) 2022-06-27 2023-12-28 Illumina Software, Inc. Generating and implementing a structural variation graph genome
WO2024006779A1 (en) 2022-06-27 2024-01-04 Illumina, Inc. Accelerators for a genotype imputation model
WO2024003087A1 (en) 2022-06-28 2024-01-04 Illumina, Inc. Fluorescent dyes containing fused tetracyclic bis-boron heterocycle and uses in sequencing
US20240038327A1 (en) 2022-07-26 2024-02-01 Illumina Software, Inc. Rapid single-cell multiomics processing using an executable file
WO2024036304A1 (en) 2022-08-12 2024-02-15 10X Genomics, Inc. Puma1 polymerases and uses thereof
WO2024040060A1 (en) 2022-08-16 2024-02-22 10X Genomics, Inc. Ap50 polymerases and uses thereof
WO2024039516A1 (en) 2022-08-19 2024-02-22 Illumina, Inc. Third dna base pair site-specific dna detection
WO2024059852A1 (en) 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Illumina, Inc. Cluster segmentation and conditional base calling
WO2024061799A1 (en) 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 Illumina, Inc. Deformable polymers comprising immobilised primers
US20240102067A1 (en) 2022-09-26 2024-03-28 Illumina, Inc. Resynthesis Kits and Methods
WO2024073516A1 (en) 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. A target-variant-reference panel for imputing target variants
US20240124914A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-18 Illumina, Inc. Thermophilic compositions for nucleic acid amplification
WO2024073047A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Cytidine deaminases and methods of use in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides
AU2023348238A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for reducing photo damage during sequencing
WO2024073043A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Methods of using cpg binding proteins in mapping modified cytosine nucleotides
US20240110221A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Methods of modulating clustering kinetics
US20240124929A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-18 Illumina, Inc. Mesophilic compositions for nucleic acid amplification
WO2024069581A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina Singapore Pte. Ltd. Helicase-cytidine deaminase complexes and methods of use
WO2024073519A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Machine-learning model for refining structural variant calls
US20240110234A1 (en) 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 Illumina, Inc. Amplification Compositions and Methods
WO2024077096A1 (en) 2022-10-05 2024-04-11 Illumina, Inc. Integrating variant calls from multiple sequencing pipelines utilizing a machine learning architecture
US20240127906A1 (en) 2022-10-11 2024-04-18 Illumina, Inc. Detecting and correcting methylation values from methylation sequencing assays
WO2024081869A1 (en) 2022-10-14 2024-04-18 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for analysis of biological samples
GB202215624D0 (en) 2022-10-21 2022-12-07 Dnae Diagnostics Ltd Clonal amplification
US20240167081A1 (en) 2022-11-08 2024-05-23 10X Genomics,Inc. Immobilization methods and compositions for in situ detection
US20240158852A1 (en) 2022-11-16 2024-05-16 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for assessing performance of in situ assays
WO2024118903A1 (en) 2022-11-30 2024-06-06 Illumina, Inc. Chemoenzymatic correction of false positive uracil transformations
US20240177802A1 (en) 2022-11-30 2024-05-30 Illumina, Inc. Accurately predicting variants from methylation sequencing data
WO2024123917A1 (en) 2022-12-07 2024-06-13 Illumina, Inc. Monoclonal clustering using double stranded dna size exclusion with patterned seeding
WO2024123866A1 (en) 2022-12-09 2024-06-13 Illumina, Inc. Nucleosides and nucleotides with 3´ blocking groups and cleavable linkers
WO2024130203A1 (en) 2022-12-16 2024-06-20 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for assessing performance
US20240212791A1 (en) 2022-12-21 2024-06-27 Illumina, Inc. Context-dependent base calling
WO2024137860A1 (en) 2022-12-21 2024-06-27 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods for tethering ribonucleic acids in biological samples
US20240247311A1 (en) 2022-12-22 2024-07-25 Illumina, Inc. Palladium catalyst compositions and methods for sequencing by synthesis
WO2024137765A1 (en) 2022-12-22 2024-06-27 Illumina, Inc. Transition-metal catalyst compositions and methods for sequencing by synthesis
AU2023419253A1 (en) 2022-12-27 2024-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Methods of sequencing using 3´ allyl blocked nucleotides
US20240263219A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-08-08 10X Genomics, Inc. Methods and compositions for in situ analysis of variant sequences
WO2024147904A1 (en) 2023-01-06 2024-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Reducing uracils by polymerase
US20240266003A1 (en) 2023-02-06 2024-08-08 Illumina, Inc. Determining and removing inter-cluster light interference
WO2024168196A1 (en) * 2023-02-08 2024-08-15 University Of Washington Systems and methods for enzymatic synthesis of polynucleotides containing non-standard nucleotide basepairs
WO2024182219A1 (en) 2023-02-27 2024-09-06 Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. Therapeutic t cell receptors targeting kras g12d
WO2024191806A1 (en) 2023-03-10 2024-09-19 Illumina, Inc. Aptamer detection techniques
US20240327910A1 (en) 2023-03-29 2024-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Naphthalimide dyes and uses in nucleic acid sequencing
WO2024206848A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Tandem repeat genotyping
US20240327909A1 (en) 2023-03-30 2024-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Compositions and methods for nucleic acid sequencing

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6458530B1 (en) * 1996-04-04 2002-10-01 Affymetrix Inc. Selecting tag nucleic acids

Family Cites Families (106)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4957858A (en) 1986-04-16 1990-09-18 The Salk Instute For Biological Studies Replicative RNA reporter systems
EP0224126A3 (en) 1985-11-25 1989-02-01 The University of Calgary Covalently linked complementary oligodeoxynucleotides as universal nucleic acid sequencing primer linkers
IL86724A (en) 1987-06-19 1995-01-24 Siska Diagnostics Inc Method and kits for the amplification and detection of nucleic acid sequences
CA1340843C (en) 1987-07-31 1999-12-07 J. Lawrence Burg Selective amplification of target polynucleotide sequences
SE8801070D0 (en) * 1988-03-23 1988-03-23 Pharmacia Ab METHOD FOR IMMOBILIZING A DNA SEQUENCE ON A SOLID SUPPORT
US6107023A (en) * 1988-06-17 2000-08-22 Genelabs Technologies, Inc. DNA amplification and subtraction techniques
GB8818020D0 (en) 1988-07-28 1988-09-01 Ici Plc Method for amplification of nucleotide sequences
WO1990002205A1 (en) 1988-08-25 1990-03-08 Angenics, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid sequences using particle agglutination
GB8827160D0 (en) 1988-11-21 1988-12-29 Apothekernes Lab Detection & quantitative determination of rna & dna
US5512439A (en) 1988-11-21 1996-04-30 Dynal As Oligonucleotide-linked magnetic particles and uses thereof
CA2004326A1 (en) 1988-12-23 1990-06-23 Nanibushan Dattagupta Assay of sequences using amplified genes
CA2044591C (en) 1989-02-13 2002-08-13 James Langham Dale Detection of a nucleic acid sequence or a change therein
KR920700360A (en) 1989-03-22 1992-02-19 하리크 프리드리히 Sliding bearing
US5629158A (en) * 1989-03-22 1997-05-13 Cemu Bitecknik Ab Solid phase diagnosis of medical conditions
US5547839A (en) * 1989-06-07 1996-08-20 Affymax Technologies N.V. Sequencing of surface immobilized polymers utilizing microflourescence detection
US5800992A (en) * 1989-06-07 1998-09-01 Fodor; Stephen P.A. Method of detecting nucleic acids
GB2233654A (en) 1989-07-07 1991-01-16 Nat Res Dev Immobilised polynucleotides
US5302509A (en) 1989-08-14 1994-04-12 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Method for sequencing polynucleotides
CA2044616A1 (en) * 1989-10-26 1991-04-27 Roger Y. Tsien Dna sequencing
CA2036946C (en) * 1990-04-06 2001-10-16 Kenneth V. Deugau Indexing linkers
US5326692B1 (en) * 1992-05-13 1996-04-30 Molecular Probes Inc Fluorescent microparticles with controllable enhanced stokes shift
US5645994A (en) * 1990-07-05 1997-07-08 University Of Utah Research Foundation Method and compositions for identification of species in a sample using type II topoisomerase sequences
GB9019512D0 (en) 1990-09-06 1990-10-24 Ici Plc Assay method
CA2055755A1 (en) 1990-11-22 1992-05-23 Toshihiko Kishimoto Method of immobilizing single-stranded dna on carrier at terminal
ATE175997T1 (en) 1991-08-10 1999-02-15 Medical Res Council TREATMENT OF CELL POPULATIONS
WO1993004199A2 (en) * 1991-08-20 1993-03-04 Scientific Generics Limited Methods of detecting or quantitating nucleic acids and of producing labelled immobilised nucleic acids
EP0543484B1 (en) 1991-08-30 2001-01-31 Research Development Corporation of Japan A method of DNA amplification
US5474796A (en) * 1991-09-04 1995-12-12 Protogene Laboratories, Inc. Method and apparatus for conducting an array of chemical reactions on a support surface
JP3236295B2 (en) 1991-09-24 2001-12-10 ケイヘーネ・エヌ・ベー Selective restriction fragment amplification: General DNA fingerprinting
JPH07500734A (en) * 1991-10-31 1995-01-26 ユニヴァーシティ　オブ　ピッツバーグ Method for detecting nucleic acid sequences using oligonucleotide probe polymers
EP0672173B1 (en) 1991-11-01 2002-08-28 Diatech Pty. Ltd. Solid phase amplification process
DE4141178A1 (en) 1991-12-13 1993-06-17 Europ Lab Molekularbiolog New nucleic acid sequencing method - using one labelled nucleotide at one time in cycles comprising elongation, wash, label detection and removal of the label, then repeating
EP1382386A3 (en) * 1992-02-19 2004-12-01 The Public Health Research Institute Of The City Of New York, Inc. Novel oligonucleotide arrays and their use for sorting, isolating, sequencing, and manipulating nucleic acids
GB9208733D0 (en) 1992-04-22 1992-06-10 Medical Res Council Dna sequencing method
GB9214873D0 (en) 1992-07-13 1992-08-26 Medical Res Council Process for categorising nucleotide sequence populations
DE69327326T2 (en) 1992-07-24 2001-08-16 Diatech Pty. Ltd., Brisbane REPLACEMENT AND DETECTION PROCESS
US5639423A (en) 1992-08-31 1997-06-17 The Regents Of The University Of Calfornia Microfabricated reactor
RU2048522C1 (en) * 1992-10-14 1995-11-20 Институт белка РАН Method of nucleic acid copying, method of their expression and a medium for their realization
US5795714A (en) * 1992-11-06 1998-08-18 Trustees Of Boston University Method for replicating an array of nucleic acid probes
AU675482B2 (en) * 1992-12-04 1997-02-06 Innovir Laboratories, Inc. Ribozyme amplified diagnostics
US5432065A (en) 1993-03-30 1995-07-11 United States Biochemical Corporation Cycle sequencing with non-thermostable DNA polymerases
US5462854A (en) 1993-04-19 1995-10-31 Beckman Instruments, Inc. Inverse linkage oligonucleotides for chemical and enzymatic processes
JP3506434B2 (en) 1993-05-05 2004-03-15 ロシュ ダイアグノスティックス ゲーエムベーハー Cholesterol oxidase from Brevibacterium sterolicum
US5514539A (en) * 1993-06-29 1996-05-07 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Nucleotide and deduced amino acid sequences of the envelope 1 gene of 51 isolates of hepatitis C virus and the use of reagents derived from these sequences in diagnostic methods and vaccines
CA2172963C (en) 1993-09-29 2007-09-11 Reuben Matalon Aspartoacylase gene, protein, and methods of screening for mutations associated with canavan disease
US5645801A (en) * 1993-10-21 1997-07-08 Abbott Laboratories Device and method for amplifying and detecting target nucleic acids
HUT74275A (en) 1993-11-02 1996-11-28 Neurobiological Technologies Process for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis
JPH07203998A (en) * 1994-01-26 1995-08-08 Hamamatsu Photonics Kk Method for determining nucleic acid base sequence
EP0812211A4 (en) * 1994-03-18 1998-12-16 Gen Hospital Corp Cleaved amplified rflp detection methods
US5552278A (en) 1994-04-04 1996-09-03 Spectragen, Inc. DNA sequencing by stepwise ligation and cleavage
US6689561B1 (en) 1994-04-14 2004-02-10 The Regents Of The University Of California Tumor suppressor gene and methods for detection of cancer, monitoring of tumor progression and cancer treatment
DE69527355T2 (en) * 1994-05-28 2003-03-06 Tepnel Medical Ltd., Manchester PRODUCTION OF NUCLEIC ACID COPIES
US5589330A (en) 1994-07-28 1996-12-31 Genzyme Corporation High-throughput screening method for sequence or genetic alterations in nucleic acids using elution and sequencing of complementary oligonucleotides
US6060288A (en) * 1994-08-03 2000-05-09 Mosaic Technologies Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid on supports
US6468751B1 (en) * 1994-08-03 2002-10-22 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for performing amplification of nucleic acid on supports
US5641658A (en) * 1994-08-03 1997-06-24 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid with two primers bound to a single solid support
US6090592A (en) * 1994-08-03 2000-07-18 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Method for performing amplification of nucleic acid on supports
JP3612092B2 (en) 1994-09-07 2005-01-19 株式会社日立製作所 DNA separation / sorting method and analysis method
US5843660A (en) * 1994-09-30 1998-12-01 Promega Corporation Multiplex amplification of short tandem repeat loci
FR2726286B1 (en) 1994-10-28 1997-01-17 Genset Sa SOLID PHASE NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION PROCESS AND REAGENT KIT USEFUL FOR CARRYING OUT SAID PROCESS
US5512441A (en) * 1994-11-15 1996-04-30 American Health Foundation Quantative method for early detection of mutant alleles and diagnostic kits for carrying out the method
DE69507646T2 (en) 1994-11-28 1999-09-16 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Co., Wilmington MICROSATELLITE CONNECTION FOR DETECTING GENETIC POLYMORPHISMS
AU4701396A (en) 1995-02-07 1996-08-27 Mosaic Technologies Diagnostics based on dna duplex repair
WO1996027025A1 (en) * 1995-02-27 1996-09-06 Ely Michael Rabani Device, compounds, algorithms, and methods of molecular characterization and manipulation with molecular parallelism
DE69621507T2 (en) 1995-03-28 2003-01-09 Japan Science And Technology Corp., Kawaguchi Method for molecular indexing of genes using restriction enzymes
EP0830460A1 (en) * 1995-04-11 1998-03-25 Trustees Of Boston University Solid phase sequencing of biopolymers
US5750341A (en) 1995-04-17 1998-05-12 Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. DNA sequencing by parallel oligonucleotide extensions
DE19515552A1 (en) * 1995-04-27 1996-10-31 Europ Lab Molekularbiolog Simultaneous sequencing of nucleic acids
US5753439A (en) * 1995-05-19 1998-05-19 Trustees Of Boston University Nucleic acid detection methods
WO1996036737A1 (en) * 1995-05-19 1996-11-21 Ely Michael Rabani Parallel multiplex polynucleotide sequencing
US5690894A (en) * 1995-05-23 1997-11-25 The Regents Of The University Of California High density array fabrication and readout method for a fiber optic biosensor
US5882856A (en) * 1995-06-07 1999-03-16 Genzyme Corporation Universal primer sequence for multiplex DNA amplification
AT402203B (en) 1995-06-13 1997-03-25 Himmler Gottfried Dipl Ing Dr METHOD FOR TRANSCRIPTION-FREE AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS
SE9504099D0 (en) 1995-11-16 1995-11-16 Pharmacia Biotech Ab A method of sequencing
AU714486B2 (en) 1995-11-21 2000-01-06 Yale University Unimolecular segment amplification and detection
WO1997029211A1 (en) 1996-02-09 1997-08-14 The Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services RESTRICTION DISPLAY (RD-PCR) OF DIFFERENTIALLY EXPRESSED mRNAs
US5759780A (en) 1996-03-29 1998-06-02 Pathogenesis Corporation Methods for enriching target nucleic acid sequences
US5955268A (en) 1996-04-26 1999-09-21 Abbott Laboratories Method and reagent for detecting multiple nucleic acid sequences in a test sample
CA2255774C (en) 1996-05-29 2008-03-18 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid sequence differences using coupled ligase detection and polymerase chain reactions
US6203978B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2001-03-20 Du Vergier Ltd. Capture of single stranded nucleic acids
US5939291A (en) * 1996-06-14 1999-08-17 Sarnoff Corporation Microfluidic method for nucleic acid amplification
GB9620209D0 (en) 1996-09-27 1996-11-13 Cemu Bioteknik Ab Method of sequencing DNA
US5837466A (en) * 1996-12-16 1998-11-17 Vysis, Inc. Devices and methods for detecting nucleic acid analytes in samples
US5876936A (en) 1997-01-15 1999-03-02 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing with solid phase capturable terminators
US6309824B1 (en) 1997-01-16 2001-10-30 Hyseq, Inc. Methods for analyzing a target nucleic acid using immobilized heterogeneous mixtures of oligonucleotide probes
AU6846698A (en) 1997-04-01 1998-10-22 Glaxo Group Limited Method of nucleic acid amplification
JP2001517948A (en) 1997-04-01 2001-10-09 グラクソ、グループ、リミテッド Nucleic acid sequencing
CA2256563A1 (en) 1997-04-04 1998-10-15 Innogenetics N.V. Isothermal polymerase chain reaction by cycling the concentration of divalent metal ions
US6235471B1 (en) * 1997-04-04 2001-05-22 Caliper Technologies Corp. Closed-loop biochemical analyzers
EP1496120B1 (en) 1997-07-07 2007-03-28 Medical Research Council In vitro sorting method
US6326489B1 (en) * 1997-08-05 2001-12-04 Howard Hughes Medical Institute Surface-bound, bimolecular, double-stranded DNA arrays
US6124120A (en) * 1997-10-08 2000-09-26 Yale University Multiple displacement amplification
US6511803B1 (en) * 1997-10-10 2003-01-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
JP2001519538A (en) 1997-10-10 2001-10-23 プレジデント・アンド・フェローズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays
US6248558B1 (en) * 1998-03-31 2001-06-19 Vanderbilt University Sequence and method for genetic engineering of proteins with cell membrane translocating activity
US5928875A (en) 1998-05-27 1999-07-27 Betzdearborn Inc. Primers for the detection of spore forming bacteria
WO2000004193A1 (en) * 1998-07-20 2000-01-27 Yale University Method for detecting nucleic acids using target-mediated ligation of bipartite primers
AR021833A1 (en) 1998-09-30 2002-08-07 Applied Research Systems METHODS OF AMPLIFICATION AND SEQUENCING OF NUCLEIC ACID
WO2000041524A2 (en) 1999-01-11 2000-07-20 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Isothermal amplification of dna
US6300070B1 (en) 1999-06-04 2001-10-09 Mosaic Technologies, Inc. Solid phase methods for amplifying multiple nucleic acids
US20020119448A1 (en) 1999-06-23 2002-08-29 Joseph A. Sorge Methods of enriching for and identifying polymorphisms
US6107061A (en) 1999-09-18 2000-08-22 The Perkin-Elmer Corporation Modified primer extension reactions for polynucleotide sequence detection
US7078225B2 (en) 2000-06-02 2006-07-18 Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. Method for enzymatically producing an optically active cyanohydrin
AR031640A1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-09-24 Applied Research Systems ISOTHERMAL AMPLIFICATION OF NUCLEIC ACIDS IN A SOLID SUPPORT
DK2518162T3 (en) 2006-11-15 2018-06-18 Biospherex Llc Multi-tag sequencing and ecogenomic analysis
US7792820B2 (en) 2007-09-25 2010-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation System for intelligent consumer earcons

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6458530B1 (en) * 1996-04-04 2002-10-01 Affymetrix Inc. Selecting tag nucleic acids

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Shoemaker et al. (Quantitative phenotypic analysis of yeast deletion mutants using a highly parallel molecular bar-coding strategy, Nat Genet. 1996 Dec;14(4):450-6) *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10415083B2 (en) 2013-10-28 2019-09-17 The Translational Genomics Research Institute Long insert-based whole genome sequencing
WO2017052300A1 (en) * 2015-09-24 2017-03-30 Seegene, Inc. . Multiple dataset analysis for determining the presence or absence of target analyte

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1591541B1 (en) 2012-02-15
ATE545710T1 (en) 2012-03-15
EP3034626A1 (en) 2016-06-22
US20140371100A1 (en) 2014-12-18
EP1591541A3 (en) 2006-07-05
WO1998044151A1 (en) 1998-10-08
US20110045541A1 (en) 2011-02-24
DE69837913T2 (en) 2008-02-07
US8993271B2 (en) 2015-03-31
US8143008B2 (en) 2012-03-27
US20150133320A1 (en) 2015-05-14
EP0972081B1 (en) 2007-06-13
US20080286795A1 (en) 2008-11-20
US9593328B2 (en) 2017-03-14
EP2327797B1 (en) 2015-11-25
US20130217586A1 (en) 2013-08-22
US8476044B2 (en) 2013-07-02
US7985565B2 (en) 2011-07-26
AU6846698A (en) 1998-10-22
DE69837913D1 (en) 2007-07-26
HK1155784A1 (en) 2012-05-25
EP2327797A1 (en) 2011-06-01
US20050100900A1 (en) 2005-05-12
EP0972081A1 (en) 2000-01-19
JP2002503954A (en) 2002-02-05
EP1591541A2 (en) 2005-11-02
ES2563643T3 (en) 2016-03-15
US9902951B2 (en) 2018-02-27
ATE364718T1 (en) 2007-07-15
US20130231254A1 (en) 2013-09-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9593328B2 (en) Method of nucleic acid amplification
US6297006B1 (en) Methods for sequencing repetitive sequences and for determining the order of sequence subfragments
US7972820B2 (en) Isothermal amplification of nucleic acids on a solid support
EP1634963B1 (en) Method of nucleic acid amplification using immobilised colony primers
AU745201B2 (en) Methods and compositions for detection or quantification of nucleic acid species
US20030022207A1 (en) Arrayed polynucleotides and their use in genome analysis
US20130178397A1 (en) Using populations of beads for the fabrication of arrays on surfaces
EP1716251A1 (en) Arrayed polynucleotides
CA2300940A1 (en) Methods and compositions for detection or quantification of nucleic acid species
WO2007057652A1 (en) Method of target enrichment
EP1356120A2 (en) Arrayed polynucleotides and their use in genome analysis
WO2004050915A1 (en) Determination of methylation of nucleic acid sequences
US20080108515A1 (en) Arrayed polynucleotides
WO2004050916A1 (en) Recovery of original template
US20100130368A1 (en) Method and system for sequencing polynucleotides

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: LYNX THERAPEUTICS INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MANTEIA SA;REEL/FRAME:036861/0823

Effective date: 20040406

Owner name: MANTEIA SA, SWITZERLAND

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SMITHKLINE BEECHAM CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:036861/0804

Effective date: 20020731

Owner name: SOLEXA LTD., UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MANTEIA SA;REEL/FRAME:036861/0823

Effective date: 20040406

Owner name: ILLUMINA, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:SOLEXA, INC.;REEL/FRAME:036861/0848

Effective date: 20100208

Owner name: ILLUMINA CAMBRIDGE LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:SOLEXA LIMITED;REEL/FRAME:036861/0861

Effective date: 20080104

Owner name: SMITHKLINE BEECHAM CORPORATION, PENNSYLVANIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GLAXO GROUP LIMITED;REEL/FRAME:036861/0796

Effective date: 20010706

Owner name: SOLEXA, INC., UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:LYNX THERAPEUTICS INC.;REEL/FRAME:036932/0032

Effective date: 20050308

Owner name: GLAXO GROUP LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KAWASHIMA, ERIC H.;FARINELLI, LAURENT;MAYER, PASCAL;REEL/FRAME:036931/0981

Effective date: 20000120

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION